<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en-GB">
	<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Florian</id>
	<title>IP7 Wiki - User contributions [en-gb]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Florian"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/wiki/Special:Contributions/Florian"/>
	<updated>2026-04-19T09:53:44Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.8</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1309</id>
		<title>EN:Patent Search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1309"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T08:00:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the search */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With the IP7 search, extensive search options are available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The menu item &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; is used to create and administrate searches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; is used to create a new, empty search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be filled with the desired search blocks. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Altogether, 17 search blocks are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Text search|Text]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Date|Date]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Country|Country]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Applicant|Applicant]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Owner|Owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Inventor|Inventor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Kind of Document|Kind of Document]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Classification|Classification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Bracket|Bracket]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Patent Number|Patent Number]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Result list in search|Result List]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Additional_fields#Search|Additional Fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search for evaluation|Evaluation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Project Comment#Search|Project Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Network Comment#Search|Network Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Group Comment#Search|Group Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Folder|Folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search (nested searches)|Search (nested searches)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Legal Status|Legal Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Projects#Search_for_status|Search project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Monitoring_Task#Search_for_status|Monitoring Task]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Advanced search criteria|Advanced search criteria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search Blocks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on a search block, e.g. “Text”, the search block is added to the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAddText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple search blocks in a search can be linked with AND, OR, NOT.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchCombine.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search blocks can be moved, minimized, emptied, deactivated and deleted.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBlockInfo.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A “Search Assistant” is available on the left hand side for the currently selected search block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAssist.jpg|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected search block, the “Search Assistant” is available with the corresponding options:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for country codes → Country code list&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for classification → Classification tree&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
etc.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basis of the search ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any search, the desired [[EN:Data Content#Units/Grouping| basis]] can be selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which basis is selected, the search is carried out via the corresponding unit. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Document, application, strict or extended family) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; is selected, all search criteria (search blocks) within a document must be met. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All DE documents with the corresponding classes are found. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchDocument.jpg | 700px]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; is selected, the search criteria must be met within a strict family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All strict families are found which contain a DE document and the class you are looking for. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can therefore happen that the DE document in the family does not contain the class, but e.g. a US document in the same family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchFamily.jpg | 700px]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the result of a search logically corresponds to the basis of the search. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you search via &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;, the documents found are displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you search using &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;, the strict families found are displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
etc. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[EN:Result_List#Basis_of_the_result_list|basis of the result list]] can be changed afterwards. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a search can be carried out via &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; and from these hits (documents), for example, a [[EN:Result_List#Basis_and_representative|representative]] per strict family can be displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search in result ==&lt;br /&gt;
A created search can be executed within the entire patent database, or it can be combined with an existing result list using IN, OR or NOT.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible to narrow large results step by step.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchInResult.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Open/save searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearchMenu.jpg|550px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously created searches (search criteria) can be saved and subsequently opened again.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be performed again or edited. Additionally saved searches can be set up as [[EN:Automatic_Searches| automatic searches]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When managing the searches you are able to classify or sort the searches via folders.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Folder names and the search titles can also be filtered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearch2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish/share searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saved searches can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishSearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select desired search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select desired user&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Select permission in the DropDown field and finalize using Save button&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|P]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1308</id>
		<title>EN:Patent Search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1308"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:59:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the search */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With the IP7 search, extensive search options are available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The menu item &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; is used to create and administrate searches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; is used to create a new, empty search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be filled with the desired search blocks. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Altogether, 17 search blocks are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Text search|Text]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Date|Date]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Country|Country]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Applicant|Applicant]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Owner|Owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Inventor|Inventor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Kind of Document|Kind of Document]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Classification|Classification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Bracket|Bracket]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Patent Number|Patent Number]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Result list in search|Result List]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Additional_fields#Search|Additional Fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search for evaluation|Evaluation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Project Comment#Search|Project Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Network Comment#Search|Network Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Group Comment#Search|Group Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Folder|Folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search (nested searches)|Search (nested searches)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Legal Status|Legal Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Projects#Search_for_status|Search project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Monitoring_Task#Search_for_status|Monitoring Task]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Advanced search criteria|Advanced search criteria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search Blocks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on a search block, e.g. “Text”, the search block is added to the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAddText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple search blocks in a search can be linked with AND, OR, NOT.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchCombine.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search blocks can be moved, minimized, emptied, deactivated and deleted.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBlockInfo.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A “Search Assistant” is available on the left hand side for the currently selected search block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAssist.jpg|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected search block, the “Search Assistant” is available with the corresponding options:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for country codes → Country code list&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for classification → Classification tree&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
etc.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basis of the search ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any search, the desired [[EN:Data Content#Units/Grouping| basis]] can be selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which basis is selected, the search is carried out via the corresponding unit. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Document, application, strict or extended family) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; is selected, all search criteria (search blocks) within a document must be met. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All DE documents with the corresponding classes are found. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchDocument.jpg | 700px]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; is selected, the search criteria must be met within a strict family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All strict families are found which contain a DE document and the class you are looking for. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can therefore happen that the DE document in the family does not contain the class, but e.g. a US document in the same family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchFamily.jpg | 700px]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the result of a search logically corresponds to the basis of the search. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you search via &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;, the documents found are displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you search using &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;, the strict families found are displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
etc. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[EN:Result_List#Basis_of_the_result_list|basis of the result list]] can be changed afterwards. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a search can be carried out via &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; and from these hits (documents), for example, a [[DE:Ergebnisliste#Basis_und_Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]] per strict family can be displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search in result ==&lt;br /&gt;
A created search can be executed within the entire patent database, or it can be combined with an existing result list using IN, OR or NOT.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible to narrow large results step by step.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchInResult.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Open/save searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearchMenu.jpg|550px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously created searches (search criteria) can be saved and subsequently opened again.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be performed again or edited. Additionally saved searches can be set up as [[EN:Automatic_Searches| automatic searches]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When managing the searches you are able to classify or sort the searches via folders.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Folder names and the search titles can also be filtered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearch2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish/share searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saved searches can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishSearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select desired search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select desired user&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Select permission in the DropDown field and finalize using Save button&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|P]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Classification&amp;diff=1307</id>
		<title>EN:Classification</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Classification&amp;diff=1307"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:57:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* CPC-Set */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;IPC and CPC classes as well as CPC-Sets can be searched using the search block „Classification“.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The classification search block provides 2 options: list or text &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchClsList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search assistant shows the IPC/CPC tree where class descriptions and class names can be searched.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Selected classes can be added to the search using the &amp;quot;Apply selection&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Text ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchClsText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting text, the classes can be entered directly into the text field.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have entered all classes, the entries are checked using &amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown classes are shown by an error message while the known classes are displayed in the IPC/CPC tree.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The entered classes including their respective descriptions are displayed in the &amp;quot;IPC/CPC List&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Plus selection ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Plus selection&amp;quot; enables you to include all sub-classes of the searched classes to the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchClsPlus.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Plus selection&amp;quot; can be activated when selecting the classes in the IPC/CPC tree or by directly inlcuding it in the text field by clicking the Plus icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPC7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In individual cases it can be sensible to search for the old IPC7 classes. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No hierarchical structure is available for the IPC7 classes.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, it can be viewed on the DPMA or WIPO websites.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DPMA&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://depatisnet.dpma.de/ipc/ipc.do?s=&amp;amp;v=20000101&amp;amp;l=DE&amp;amp;dh=dh11&amp;amp;sn=n00&amp;amp;sci=i00#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WIPO&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.wipo.int/classifications/ipc/en/ITsupport/old_versions.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
F-Terms are a special classification of the Japanese Patent Office. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information on the website of the Japanese Patent Office: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.jpo.go.jp/cgi/linke.cgi?url=/torikumi_e/searchportal_e/classification.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search for F-Terms on the website of the Japanese Patent Office: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://www5.j-platpat.inpit.go.jp/pms/tokujitsu/pmgs_en/PMGS_EN_GM101_Top.action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CPC-Set ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the class search, the CPC sets are searched using the &amp;quot;CPC-sets&amp;quot; option.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CPCSetSrch.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The extended CPC-set search can be used to search for specific CPC-sets in a more detailed manner.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CPCSetMenu.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CPCSetSrchBlock.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the button &amp;quot;Add CPC class&amp;quot; you can search for multiple CPC-sets or CPC classes within CPC-sets. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Each line within a search block is automatically linked with &amp;quot;OR&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following search options are available for a line: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First - CPC class must come first within a CPC-set&lt;br /&gt;
* Last - CPC class must come last within a CPC-set&lt;br /&gt;
* In order - CPC classes must appear within a CPC-set in the specified order&lt;br /&gt;
* Any position - CPC class must appear within a CPC-set (regardless of the position)&lt;br /&gt;
* Exact - CPC classes must correspond to exactly one CPC-set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information on CPC-sets: &amp;quot;Combination Sets&amp;quot;:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.cooperativepatentclassification.org/publications/Miscellaneous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows-Client|K]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|C]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1306</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1306"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:55:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis and representative */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[EN:Data_Content|basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|search]] or when a [[EN:Folders|folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[EN:Projects|project]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[EN:Settings#Preferred_countries|Preferred country]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[EN:Folders#Representative|representative]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1305</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1305"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:53:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis and representative */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[EN:Data_Content|basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|search]] or when a [[EN:Folders|folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[EN:Projects|project]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[EN:Folders#Representative|representative]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1304</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1304"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:52:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis and representative */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[EN:Data_Content|basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|search]] or when a [[EN:Folders|folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[EN:Folders#Representative|representative]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1303</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1303"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:51:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the result list */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[EN:Data_Content|basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|search]] or when a [[EN:Folders|folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1302</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1302"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:50:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the result list */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[EN:Data_Content|basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|search]] or when a [[EN: Folders|folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1301</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1301"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:50:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the result list */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[EN:Data_Content|basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|search]] or when a [[EN: Folder|folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1300</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1300"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:49:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the result list */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[EN:Data_Content|basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[DE:Patentrecherche#Basis_der_Suche|Suche]] or when a [[EN: Folder | Folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1299</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1299"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:45:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Beispiele */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[DE:Datenbestand|Basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[DE:Patentrecherche#Basis_der_Suche|Suche]] or when a [[EN: Folder | Folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following screenshots show the search on the left and the result of this search on the right. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Exactly one document (B document) was searched for and this document is displayed in the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 document) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is performed via application and therefore applications are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 application) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A total of 3 documents are summarized in this application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the representative of this application is the A2 document, since the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; - first publication is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: families (in this example &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to first publication. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search is carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is again the EP A2 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting, EP is placed in front of the CA entry. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Another example of strict family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This time the setting &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; is set to grant. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search is again carried out using strict families and therefore strict families are displayed in the result. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strict family) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of this strict family in this example is the EP B1 document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1 - light blue: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2 - dark blue: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE B4 document will not be considered because it is already &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1298</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1298"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:33:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis und Repräsentant */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[DE:Datenbestand|Basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[DE:Patentrecherche#Basis_der_Suche|Suche]] or when a [[EN: Folder | Folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis and representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a strict family search is performed, a representative of the strict family will be displayed in the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which document from this strict family is displayed as a representative depends on the following two settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039; &#039;Preferred Document&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] and every task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select whether first publication or grant should be displayed as a preference. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting is available for every user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here an order - priority for the countries is set. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(the top selected country in the list has the highest priority to be displayed as a representative) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logic for determining the representative is explained below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is set to: &#039;&#039; &#039;First publication&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The preferred registration is determined from the strict family based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The first publication is determined from this application. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The &amp;quot;preferred document&amp;quot; setting is: &#039;&#039;&#039;Grant&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1: The living grants from the strict family are identified. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2: The preferred document is determined from the grants based on the &amp;quot;Preferred Country&amp;quot; setting. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The folders or folder assignments are an exception to this logic. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The folders have their own [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beispiele ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei den nachfolgenden Screenshots befindet sich auf der linken Seite jeweils die Suche und auf der rechten Seite das Ergebnis dieser Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wurde genau nach einem Dokument (B-Schrift) gesucht und dieses Dokument wird in der Ergebnisliste angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 Dokument)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über Anmeldung gesucht und somit werden Anmeldungen im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 Anmeldung)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In dieser Anmeldung sind insgesamt 3 Dokumente zusammengefasst.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 Dokumente)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser Anmeldung ist in diesem Beispiel die A2-Schrift, da für die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; - Erstveröffentlichung ausgewählt ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: Familien (in diesem Beispiel &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht auf Erstveröffenltichung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel wieder die EP A2-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In der Einstellung &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; steht EP vor dem CA Eintrag.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ein weiteres Beispiel für strikte Familie&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht dieses Mal auf Erteilung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird wieder über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel die EP B1-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1 - hellblau: Die lebenden Erteilungen aus der strikten Familie werden ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2 - dunkelblau: Das bevorzugte Dokument wird aus den Erteilungen anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das DE B4 Dokument wird nicht berücksichtigt, weil es bereits &amp;quot;tot&amp;quot;  ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1297</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1297"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:23:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis der Ergebnisliste */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the result list ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[DE:Datenbestand|Basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[DE:Patentrecherche#Basis_der_Suche|Suche]] or when a [[EN: Folder | Folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis und Repräsentant ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn z.B. eine Suche über strikte Familie ausgeführt wird, wird in der Ergebnisliste ein Repräsentant der strikten Familie angezeigt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welches Dokument aus dieser strikten Familie als Repräsentant angezeigt wird, hängt von den folgenden zwei Einstellungen ab:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039;&#039;Bevorzugtes Dokument&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese Einstellung gibt es für jedes [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] und jeden Task (Aufgabe).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hier wird ausgewählt ob Erstveröffentlichung oder Erteilung bevorzugt angezeigt werden soll.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese Einstellung gibt es für jeden Benutzer.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hier wird eine Reihenfolge - Priorität für die Länder angegeben.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(das oberste ausgewählte Land in der Liste hat die höchste Priorität um als Repräsentant angezeigt zu werden)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachfolgend wird die Logik für die Bestimmung des Repräsentant erklärt:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, Die &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; Einstellung steht auf: &#039;&#039;&#039;Erstveröffentlichung&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1: Die bevorzugte Anmeldung wird aus der strikten Familie anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2: Die Erstveröffentlichung wird aus dieser Anmeldung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Die &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; Einstellung steht auf: &#039;&#039;&#039;Erteilung&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1: Die lebenden Erteilungen aus der strikten Familie werden ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2: Das bevorzugte Dokument wird aus den Erteilungen anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eine Ausnahme für diese Logik sind die Ordner bzw. Ordnerzuordnungen.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Ordner haben einen eigenen [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beispiele ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei den nachfolgenden Screenshots befindet sich auf der linken Seite jeweils die Suche und auf der rechten Seite das Ergebnis dieser Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wurde genau nach einem Dokument (B-Schrift) gesucht und dieses Dokument wird in der Ergebnisliste angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 Dokument)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über Anmeldung gesucht und somit werden Anmeldungen im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 Anmeldung)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In dieser Anmeldung sind insgesamt 3 Dokumente zusammengefasst.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 Dokumente)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser Anmeldung ist in diesem Beispiel die A2-Schrift, da für die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; - Erstveröffentlichung ausgewählt ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: Familien (in diesem Beispiel &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht auf Erstveröffenltichung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel wieder die EP A2-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In der Einstellung &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; steht EP vor dem CA Eintrag.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ein weiteres Beispiel für strikte Familie&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht dieses Mal auf Erteilung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird wieder über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel die EP B1-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1 - hellblau: Die lebenden Erteilungen aus der strikten Familie werden ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2 - dunkelblau: Das bevorzugte Dokument wird aus den Erteilungen anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das DE B4 Dokument wird nicht berücksichtigt, weil es bereits &amp;quot;tot&amp;quot;  ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1296</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1296"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T07:21:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis der Ergebnisliste */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis der Ergebnisliste ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[DE:Datenbestand|Basis]] is always given in the result list: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which basis is originally selected in a result list depends on how this result list was created. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can e.g. result from an executed [[DE:Patentrecherche#Basis_der_Suche|Suche]] or when a [[EN: Folder | Folder]] is opened. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original basis of the result list can be changed: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hits can be grouped to a larger basis. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. from document to strict family - of the documents in the result only one representative per strict family is displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or a smaller basis is selected. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. from strict family to document - all documents from the strict families are displayed &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; &#039;Example number search according to EP 123456 A&#039; &#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the number search is always document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore all EP-A documents are displayed (2D). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the basis is changed from D-Document to A-Application, only one document is displayed per application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the amount under &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;, all 3 documents of the registration are now counted and therefore the number increases. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The B document is now also counted. It was not found earlier because due to the restriction to A documents. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to S-strict family, all applications and documents of the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This increases the number of &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you switch back to D-documents, not 8 documents are displayed, but only the 2 documents found in the original number search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result list never forgets the original basis and the original hits. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is always displayed in bold. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in this example: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis und Repräsentant ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn z.B. eine Suche über strikte Familie ausgeführt wird, wird in der Ergebnisliste ein Repräsentant der strikten Familie angezeigt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welches Dokument aus dieser strikten Familie als Repräsentant angezeigt wird, hängt von den folgenden zwei Einstellungen ab:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039;&#039;Bevorzugtes Dokument&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese Einstellung gibt es für jedes [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] und jeden Task (Aufgabe).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hier wird ausgewählt ob Erstveröffentlichung oder Erteilung bevorzugt angezeigt werden soll.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese Einstellung gibt es für jeden Benutzer.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hier wird eine Reihenfolge - Priorität für die Länder angegeben.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(das oberste ausgewählte Land in der Liste hat die höchste Priorität um als Repräsentant angezeigt zu werden)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachfolgend wird die Logik für die Bestimmung des Repräsentant erklärt:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, Die &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; Einstellung steht auf: &#039;&#039;&#039;Erstveröffentlichung&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1: Die bevorzugte Anmeldung wird aus der strikten Familie anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2: Die Erstveröffentlichung wird aus dieser Anmeldung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Die &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; Einstellung steht auf: &#039;&#039;&#039;Erteilung&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1: Die lebenden Erteilungen aus der strikten Familie werden ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2: Das bevorzugte Dokument wird aus den Erteilungen anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eine Ausnahme für diese Logik sind die Ordner bzw. Ordnerzuordnungen.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Ordner haben einen eigenen [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beispiele ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei den nachfolgenden Screenshots befindet sich auf der linken Seite jeweils die Suche und auf der rechten Seite das Ergebnis dieser Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wurde genau nach einem Dokument (B-Schrift) gesucht und dieses Dokument wird in der Ergebnisliste angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 Dokument)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über Anmeldung gesucht und somit werden Anmeldungen im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 Anmeldung)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In dieser Anmeldung sind insgesamt 3 Dokumente zusammengefasst.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 Dokumente)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser Anmeldung ist in diesem Beispiel die A2-Schrift, da für die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; - Erstveröffentlichung ausgewählt ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: Familien (in diesem Beispiel &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht auf Erstveröffenltichung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel wieder die EP A2-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In der Einstellung &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; steht EP vor dem CA Eintrag.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ein weiteres Beispiel für strikte Familie&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht dieses Mal auf Erteilung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird wieder über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel die EP B1-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1 - hellblau: Die lebenden Erteilungen aus der strikten Familie werden ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2 - dunkelblau: Das bevorzugte Dokument wird aus den Erteilungen anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das DE B4 Dokument wird nicht berücksichtigt, weil es bereits &amp;quot;tot&amp;quot;  ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1295</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1295"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T06:46:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* General */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis der Ergebnisliste ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In der Ergebnisliste ist immer eine [[DE:Datenbestand|Basis]] angegeben:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welche Basis in einer Ergebnisliste ursprünglich ausgewählt ist, hängt davon ab wie diese Ergebnisliste entstanden ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Eine Ergebnisliste kann z.B. durch eine ausgeführte [[DE:Patentrecherche#Basis_der_Suche|Suche]] entstehen oder wenn ein [[DE:Ordner|Ordner]] geöffnet wird. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die ursprüngliche Basis der Ergebnisliste kann geändert werden:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treffer können auf eine größere Basis gruppiert werden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
z.B. von Dokument auf strikte Familie - von den Dokumenten im Ergebnis wird nur noch ein Repräsentant pro strikte Familie angezeigt &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oder es wird eine kleinere Basis ausgewählt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
z.B. von strikte Familie auf Dokument - von den strikten Familien werden alle Dokumente angezeigt &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beispiel Nummernsuche nach EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Basis der Nummernsuche ist immer Dokument.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es werden deshalb alle EP-A Dokumente angezeigt (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn die Basis von D-Document auf A-Application gewechselt wird, wird nur noch ein Dokument pro Anmeldung angezeigt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei der Anzahl unter &amp;quot;D&amp;quot; werden nun alle 3 Dokumente der Anmeldung gezählt und somit erhöht sich die Anzahl.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird jetzt zusätzlich das B-Dokument mit gezählt welches vorhin nicht gefunden wurde, da auf A-Dokumente eingeschränkt wurde.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nach einem Wechsel auf S-strikte Familie werden alle Anmeldungen und Dokumente der strikten Familie berücksichtigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Somit erhöht sich die Anzahl bei &amp;quot;A&amp;quot; und &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn wieder zurück auf D-Dokumente gewechselt wird, werden nicht 8 Dokumente angezeigt, sondern nur die 2 Dokumente welche in der ursprünglichen Nummernsuche gefunden wurden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die Ergebnisliste vergisst niemals die ursprüngliche Basis und die ursprünglichen Treffer.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese ist deshalb auch immer fett markiert. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(in diesem Beispiel: &amp;quot;D&amp;quot;)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis und Repräsentant ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn z.B. eine Suche über strikte Familie ausgeführt wird, wird in der Ergebnisliste ein Repräsentant der strikten Familie angezeigt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welches Dokument aus dieser strikten Familie als Repräsentant angezeigt wird, hängt von den folgenden zwei Einstellungen ab:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, &#039;&#039;&#039;Bevorzugtes Dokument&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese Einstellung gibt es für jedes [[DE:Projekte|Projekt]] und jeden Task (Aufgabe).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hier wird ausgewählt ob Erstveröffentlichung oder Erteilung bevorzugt angezeigt werden soll.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, &#039;&#039;&#039;[[DE:Einstellungen#Bevorzugte_L.C3.A4nder|Bevorzugtes Land]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese Einstellung gibt es für jeden Benutzer.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hier wird eine Reihenfolge - Priorität für die Länder angegeben.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(das oberste ausgewählte Land in der Liste hat die höchste Priorität um als Repräsentant angezeigt zu werden)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachfolgend wird die Logik für die Bestimmung des Repräsentant erklärt:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, Die &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; Einstellung steht auf: &#039;&#039;&#039;Erstveröffentlichung&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1: Die bevorzugte Anmeldung wird aus der strikten Familie anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2: Die Erstveröffentlichung wird aus dieser Anmeldung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Die &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; Einstellung steht auf: &#039;&#039;&#039;Erteilung&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1: Die lebenden Erteilungen aus der strikten Familie werden ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2: Das bevorzugte Dokument wird aus den Erteilungen anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eine Ausnahme für diese Logik sind die Ordner bzw. Ordnerzuordnungen.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Ordner haben einen eigenen [[DE:Ordner#Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Beispiele ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei den nachfolgenden Screenshots befindet sich auf der linken Seite jeweils die Suche und auf der rechten Seite das Ergebnis dieser Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wurde genau nach einem Dokument (B-Schrift) gesucht und dieses Dokument wird in der Ergebnisliste angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 D&amp;quot; - 1 Dokument)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über Anmeldung gesucht und somit werden Anmeldungen im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 A&amp;quot; - 1 Anmeldung)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In dieser Anmeldung sind insgesamt 3 Dokumente zusammengefasst.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 Dokumente)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|1000px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser Anmeldung ist in diesem Beispiel die A2-Schrift, da für die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; - Erstveröffentlichung ausgewählt ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: Familien (in diesem Beispiel &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht auf Erstveröffenltichung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel wieder die EP A2-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In der Einstellung &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; steht EP vor dem CA Eintrag.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ein weiteres Beispiel für strikte Familie&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Einstellung &amp;quot;bevorzugtes Dokument&amp;quot; steht dieses Mal auf Erteilung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PreferedGrantedOption.jpg|150px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es wird wieder über strikte Familie gesucht und somit werden strikte Familien im Ergebnis angezeigt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;1 S&amp;quot; - 1 strikte Familie)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleSgranted.jpg|950px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Der Repräsentant dieser strikten Familie ist in diesem Beispiel die EP B1-Schrift.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1 - hellblau: Die lebenden Erteilungen aus der strikten Familie werden ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2 - dunkelblau: Das bevorzugte Dokument wird aus den Erteilungen anhand der &amp;quot;Bevorzugtes Land&amp;quot; Einstellung ermittelt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailViewGrantedRepresentative.jpg|900px]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das DE B4 Dokument wird nicht berücksichtigt, weil es bereits &amp;quot;tot&amp;quot;  ist.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1294</id>
		<title>EN:Patent Search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1294"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T06:39:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the search */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With the IP7 search, extensive search options are available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The menu item &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; is used to create and administrate searches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; is used to create a new, empty search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be filled with the desired search blocks. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Altogether, 17 search blocks are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Text search|Text]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Date|Date]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Country|Country]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Applicant|Applicant]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Owner|Owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Inventor|Inventor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Kind of Document|Kind of Document]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Classification|Classification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Bracket|Bracket]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Patent Number|Patent Number]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Result list in search|Result List]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Additional_fields#Search|Additional Fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search for evaluation|Evaluation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Project Comment#Search|Project Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Network Comment#Search|Network Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Group Comment#Search|Group Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Folder|Folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search (nested searches)|Search (nested searches)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Legal Status|Legal Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Projects#Search_for_status|Search project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Monitoring_Task#Search_for_status|Monitoring Task]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Advanced search criteria|Advanced search criteria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search Blocks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on a search block, e.g. “Text”, the search block is added to the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAddText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple search blocks in a search can be linked with AND, OR, NOT.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchCombine.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search blocks can be moved, minimized, emptied, deactivated and deleted.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBlockInfo.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A “Search Assistant” is available on the left hand side for the currently selected search block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAssist.jpg|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected search block, the “Search Assistant” is available with the corresponding options:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for country codes → Country code list&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for classification → Classification tree&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
etc.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basis of the search ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any search, the desired [[EN:Data Content#Units/Grouping| basis]] can be selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which basis is selected, the search is carried out via the corresponding unit. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Document, application, strict or extended family) &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; is selected, all search criteria (search blocks) within a document must be met. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All DE documents with the corresponding classes are found. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchDocument.jpg | 700px]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; is selected, the search criteria must be met within a strict family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All strict families are found which contain a DE document and the class you are looking for. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can therefore happen that the DE document in the family does not contain the class, but e.g. a US document in the same family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchFamily.jpg | 700px]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basis of the result of a search logically corresponds to the basis of the search. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you search via &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot;, the documents found are displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you search using &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot;, the strict families found are displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
etc. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[DE:Ergebnisliste#Basis_der_Ergebnisliste|Basis der Ergebnisliste]] can be changed afterwards. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a search can be carried out via &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; and from these hits (documents), for example, a [[DE:Ergebnisliste#Basis_und_Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]] per strict family can be displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search in result ==&lt;br /&gt;
A created search can be executed within the entire patent database, or it can be combined with an existing result list using IN, OR or NOT.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible to narrow large results step by step.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchInResult.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Open/save searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearchMenu.jpg|550px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously created searches (search criteria) can be saved and subsequently opened again.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be performed again or edited. Additionally saved searches can be set up as [[EN:Automatic_Searches| automatic searches]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When managing the searches you are able to classify or sort the searches via folders.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Folder names and the search titles can also be filtered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearch2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish/share searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saved searches can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishSearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select desired search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select desired user&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Select permission in the DropDown field and finalize using Save button&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|P]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1293</id>
		<title>EN:Patent Search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_Search&amp;diff=1293"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T06:28:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis of the search */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;With the IP7 search, extensive search options are available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The menu item &amp;quot;Search&amp;quot; is used to create and administrate searches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The button &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; is used to create a new, empty search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be filled with the desired search blocks. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Altogether, 17 search blocks are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Text search|Text]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Date|Date]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Country|Country]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Applicant|Applicant]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Owner|Owner]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Inventor|Inventor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Kind of Document|Kind of Document]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Classification|Classification]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Bracket|Bracket]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Patent Number|Patent Number]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Result list in search|Result List]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Additional_fields#Search|Additional Fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search for evaluation|Evaluation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Project Comment#Search|Project Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Network Comment#Search|Network Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Group Comment#Search|Group Comment]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Folder|Folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Search (nested searches)|Search (nested searches)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Legal Status|Legal Status]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Projects#Search_for_status|Search project]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Monitoring_Task#Search_for_status|Monitoring Task]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[EN:Advanced search criteria|Advanced search criteria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search Blocks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on a search block, e.g. “Text”, the search block is added to the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAddText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple search blocks in a search can be linked with AND, OR, NOT.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchCombine.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search blocks can be moved, minimized, emptied, deactivated and deleted.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBlockInfo.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A “Search Assistant” is available on the left hand side for the currently selected search block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAssist.jpg|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected search block, the “Search Assistant” is available with the corresponding options:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for country codes → Country code list&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Search for classification → Classification tree&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
etc.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basis of the search ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any search, the desired [[EN:Data Content#Units/Grouping| basis]] can be selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Je nachdem, welche Basis ausgewählt ist, wird die Suche über die entsprechende Einheit ausgeführt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Dokument, Anmeldung, strikte oder erweiterte Familie)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn z.B. &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; ausgewählt ist, müssen alle Suchkriterien (Suchblöcke) innerhalb eines Dokuments erfüllt werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es werden alle DE Dokumente mit der entsprechenden Klassen gefunden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchDocument.jpg|700px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ist z.B. &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; ausgewählt, müssen die Suchkriterien innerhalb einer strikten Familie erfüllt sein.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es werden alle strikten Familien gefunden welche ein DE Dokument und die gesuchte Klasse beinhalten.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es kann somit vorkommen, dass das DE Dokument in der Familie nicht die Klasse beinhaltet, sondern z.B. ein US Dokument in der gleichen Familie.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchFamily.jpg|700px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die Basis des Ergebnis einer Suche entspricht logischerweise der Basis der Suche.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wird über &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; gesucht, werden die gefundenen Dokumente angezeigt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wird über &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; gesucht, werden die gefundenen strikten Familien angezeigt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
usw.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die [[DE:Ergebnisliste#Basis_der_Ergebnisliste|Basis der Ergebnisliste]] kann nachträglich geändert werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es kann somit z.B. eine Suche über &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; ausgeführt werden und von diesen Treffern (Dokumente) kann dann z.B. ein [[DE:Ergebnisliste#Basis_und_Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]] pro strikte Familie angezeigt werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== multiple search blocks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected basis, the search is performed using the corresponding unit. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, “Document” is selected all of the search criteria (search blocks) must be fulfilled within the document. &lt;br /&gt;
All DE documents with the respective class are found.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchDocument.jpg|700px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If “Strict family” is selected, all of the search criteria must be fulfilled within a strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All strict families containing a DE document and the searched class will be found. &lt;br /&gt;
It may occur that a different document from the same family (e.g. the US document) contains the class instead of the DE document. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchFamily.jpg|700px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Representative ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, “application” is selected, and multiple documents of an application are found via a search, the Project settings can be used to determine which of the documents is displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Application or granted?)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, “Strict family” is selected and multiple applications of a family are found via a search, a representative can be selected in the settings.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries.jpg|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, the search is displayed and on the right side the corresponding result.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search target is EP 123456.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: „Document“&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleD.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result is automatically grouped to the previously selected setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search was aimed to find exactly 1 document (B-document) and only this document is displayed in the result list. („1 D“ - 1 document).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleA.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way all documents of an application are found.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(see result list &amp;quot;3 D&amp;quot; - 3 documents)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, only one document per applications is displayed, as “A” (application) is automatically selected within the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The A2-document is displayed, as this was previously selected in the project settings.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectSetting.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, the settings would be changed to “Granted&amp;quot;, the B-document would be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Option: Families (in this example „Strict family“)&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBaseExampleS.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The setting &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; finds all applications of a strict family.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now, depending on the setting “Preferred countries” the respective application is displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Prefered countries2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search in result ==&lt;br /&gt;
A created search can be executed within the entire patent database, or it can be combined with an existing result list using IN, OR or NOT.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible to narrow large results step by step.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchInResult.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Open/save searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearchMenu.jpg|550px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previously created searches (search criteria) can be saved and subsequently opened again.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search can then be performed again or edited. Additionally saved searches can be set up as [[EN:Automatic_Searches| automatic searches]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When managing the searches you are able to classify or sort the searches via folders.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Folder names and the search titles can also be filtered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearch2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish/share searches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Saved searches can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishSearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select desired search&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select desired user&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Select permission in the DropDown field and finalize using Save button&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|P]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=DE:Patentrecherche&amp;diff=1292</id>
		<title>DE:Patentrecherche</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=DE:Patentrecherche&amp;diff=1292"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T06:27:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Basis der Suche */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mit der Suche der IP7 stehen umfangreiche Recherche-Möglichkeiten zur Verfügung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemein ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unter dem Menüpunkt &amp;quot;Suche&amp;quot; können Sie Suchen erstellen und verwalten.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mit dem Button &amp;quot;Neu&amp;quot; erstellen Sie eine neue leere Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Diese kann dann mit den gewünschten Suchblöcken aufgebaut werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Insgesamt stehen Ihnen 17 Suchblöcke zur Verfügung:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Textsuche|Text]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Datum|Datum]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Land|Land]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Anmelder|Anmelder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Inhaber|Inhaber]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Erfinder|Erfinder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Kind of Document|Kind of Document]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Klassifizierung|Klassifizierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Klammer|Klammer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Patentnummer|Patentnummer]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Ergebnisliste in der Suche|Ergebnisliste]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:zusätzliche_Felder#Suche|zusätzliche Felder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:nach Bewertung suchen|Bewertung]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Projektkommentar#Suche|Projektkommentar]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Netzwerkkommentar#Suche|Netzwerkkommentar]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Gruppenkommentar#Suche|Gruppenkommentar]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Folder|Folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Suche (verschachtelte Suchen)|Suche (verschachtelte Suchen)]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Rechtsstand|Rechtsstand]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Projekte#Suche_nach_Status|Rechercheprojekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:Monitoring-Task#Suche_nach_Status|Monitoring Task]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[DE:fortgeschrittene_Suchkriterien|fortgeschrittene Suchkriterien]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Suchblöcke ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit einem Klick auf einen Suchblock z.B. &amp;quot;Text&amp;quot; wird dieser zu Ihrer Suche hinzugefügt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAddText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mehrere Suchblöcke innerhalb einer Suche können mit AND, OR, NOT verknüpft werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchCombine.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Außerdem können Suchblöcke verschoben, minimiert, geleert, deaktiviert und wieder gelöscht werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchBlockInfo.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Für den jeweils ausgewählten Suchblock steht auf der linken Seite der „Suchassistent“ zur Verfügung.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAssist.jpg|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Je nach ausgewähltem Suchblock steht der Suchassistent mit betreffenden Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Suche nach Ländercodes → Ländercode-Liste&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Suche nach Klassifizierung → Klassifizierungsbaum&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
usw.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basis der Suche ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In der Suchoberfläche kann die [[DE:Datenbestand#Einheiten/Gruppierungen| Basis]] für die Suche ausgewählt werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Je nachdem, welche Basis ausgewählt ist, wird die Suche über die entsprechende Einheit ausgeführt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(Dokument, Anmeldung, strikte oder erweiterte Familie)&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn z.B. &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; ausgewählt ist, müssen alle Suchkriterien (Suchblöcke) innerhalb eines Dokuments erfüllt werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es werden alle DE Dokumente mit der entsprechenden Klassen gefunden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchDocument.jpg|700px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ist z.B. &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; ausgewählt, müssen die Suchkriterien innerhalb einer strikten Familie erfüllt sein.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es werden alle strikten Familien gefunden welche ein DE Dokument und die gesuchte Klasse beinhalten.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es kann somit vorkommen, dass das DE Dokument in der Familie nicht die Klasse beinhaltet, sondern z.B. ein US Dokument in der gleichen Familie.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchFamily.jpg|700px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die Basis des Ergebnis einer Suche entspricht logischerweise der Basis der Suche.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wird über &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; gesucht, werden die gefundenen Dokumente angezeigt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wird über &amp;quot;Strict family&amp;quot; gesucht, werden die gefundenen strikten Familien angezeigt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
usw.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die [[DE:Ergebnisliste#Basis_der_Ergebnisliste|Basis der Ergebnisliste]] kann nachträglich geändert werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es kann somit z.B. eine Suche über &amp;quot;Document&amp;quot; ausgeführt werden und von diesen Treffern (Dokumente) kann dann z.B. ein [[DE:Ergebnisliste#Basis_und_Repr.C3.A4sentant|Repräsentant]] pro strikte Familie angezeigt werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Suche im Ergebnis ==&lt;br /&gt;
Eine erstellte Suche kann innerhalb der gesamten Patentdatenbank durchgeführt werden, oder mit einer bestehenden Ergebnisliste mittels IN, OR oder NOT verknüpft werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Es ist somit möglich eine große Treffermenge Schritt für Schritt weiter einzuschränken.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchInResult.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Suchen speichern/öffnen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearchMenu.jpg|550px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erstellte Suchen (Suchkriterien) können abgespeichert und später wieder geöffnet werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Suche kann dann erneut ausgeführt oder weiter bearbeitet werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Außerdem können gespeicherte Suchen als [[DE:automatische_Suchen| automatische Suche]] eingerichtet werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei der Verwaltung der Suchen können diese über Ordner klassifiziert bzw. sortiert werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ordnernamen und die Namen der Suchen können außerdem gefiltert werden.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SaveOpenSearch2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Suchen veröffentlichen/freigeben ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gespeicherte Suchen können folgendermaßen an einen weiteren Benutzer veröffentlicht werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishSearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Suchen öffnen&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 gewünschte Suche auswählen&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 gewünschten Benutzer auswählen&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Berechtigung im DropDown Feld auswählen und mit Speichern-Button abschließen&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows-Client|S]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1291</id>
		<title>EN:Country</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1291"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T06:21:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Legal status */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here you are able to search patents by using the respective country codes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search block the &amp;quot;most important&amp;quot; countries can be selected by using the buttons.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to enter the country codes directly into the search field. Here the country codes must be separated with a semi colon or a comma.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DE; EP; US; WO;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All country codes are available in the search assistant.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case the country code is not known, the list can be searched/filtered for the desired country.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Selected entries can be transferred to the search using the &amp;quot;Apply selection&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Priority countries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the option &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot; you can search for the priority countries (first application in the patent family). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which priority countries are searched for depends on the set [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]]. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Priority country of the extended or strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It makes no sense if the basis here is set to document or application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case you can simply deselect &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CountrySearchPrio.jpg | 900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Designated contracting states ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the option &amp;quot;Designated Contracting States&amp;quot;, the designated contracting states of EP applications are &#039;&#039; &#039;additionally&#039; &#039;&#039; searched. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Only the designated contracting states that were named when the EP patent was granted are taken into account. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchDesi.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legal status in the country search relates to the countries / contracting states searched for or to these applications. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, the [[EN:Legal_Status | legal status search-block]] refers to the selected basis of the search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: In this search only &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot; strict families are found -&amp;gt; all applications of the strict family must be dead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchLegalStat1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example there must be at least one dead DE application in the strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, not all of the family&#039;s applications have to be dead: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchLegalStat2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Designated contracting states in combination with legal status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above options, you can search e.g. for EP patents which contain granted DE contracting states. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchDesiLegalStat.jpg|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1290</id>
		<title>EN:Country</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1290"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T06:21:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Legal status */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here you are able to search patents by using the respective country codes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search block the &amp;quot;most important&amp;quot; countries can be selected by using the buttons.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to enter the country codes directly into the search field. Here the country codes must be separated with a semi colon or a comma.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DE; EP; US; WO;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All country codes are available in the search assistant.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case the country code is not known, the list can be searched/filtered for the desired country.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Selected entries can be transferred to the search using the &amp;quot;Apply selection&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Priority countries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the option &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot; you can search for the priority countries (first application in the patent family). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which priority countries are searched for depends on the set [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]]. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Priority country of the extended or strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It makes no sense if the basis here is set to document or application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case you can simply deselect &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CountrySearchPrio.jpg | 900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Designated contracting states ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the option &amp;quot;Designated Contracting States&amp;quot;, the designated contracting states of EP applications are &#039;&#039; &#039;additionally&#039; &#039;&#039; searched. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Only the designated contracting states that were named when the EP patent was granted are taken into account. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchDesi.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legal status in the country search relates to the countries / contracting states searched for or to these applications. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, the [[EN:Legal_Status | legal status search-block]] refers to the selected basis of the search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: In this search only &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot; strict families are found -&amp;gt; all registrations of the strict family must be dead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchLegalStat1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example there must be at least one dead DE application in the strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, not all of the family&#039;s applications have to be dead: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchLegalStat2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Designated contracting states in combination with legal status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above options, you can search e.g. for EP patents which contain granted DE contracting states. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchDesiLegalStat.jpg|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1289</id>
		<title>EN:Country</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1289"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T06:19:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here you are able to search patents by using the respective country codes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search block the &amp;quot;most important&amp;quot; countries can be selected by using the buttons.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to enter the country codes directly into the search field. Here the country codes must be separated with a semi colon or a comma.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DE; EP; US; WO;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All country codes are available in the search assistant.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case the country code is not known, the list can be searched/filtered for the desired country.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Selected entries can be transferred to the search using the &amp;quot;Apply selection&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Priority countries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the option &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot; you can search for the priority countries (first application in the patent family). &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which priority countries are searched for depends on the set [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]]. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Priority country of the extended or strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It makes no sense if the basis here is set to document or application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case you can simply deselect &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CountrySearchPrio.jpg | 900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Designated contracting states ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the option &amp;quot;Designated Contracting States&amp;quot;, the designated contracting states of EP applications are &#039;&#039; &#039;additionally&#039; &#039;&#039; searched. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Only the designated contracting states that were named when the EP patent was granted are taken into account. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchDesi.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legal status in the country search relates to the countries / contracting states searched for or to these applications. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, the [[DE: Rechtsstand | Rechtsstand-search block]] refers to the selected basis of the search. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: In this search only &amp;quot;dead&amp;quot; strict families are found -&amp;gt; all registrations of the strict family must be dead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchLegalStat1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example there must be at least one dead DE application in the strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, not all of the family&#039;s applications have to be dead: &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchLegalStat2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Designated contracting states in combination with legal status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the above options, you can search e.g. for EP patents which contain granted DE contracting states. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearchDesiLegalStat.jpg|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Classification&amp;diff=1288</id>
		<title>EN:Classification</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Classification&amp;diff=1288"/>
		<updated>2021-04-01T05:33:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;IPC and CPC classes as well as CPC-Sets can be searched using the search block „Classification“.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The classification search block provides 2 options: list or text &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchClsList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search assistant shows the IPC/CPC tree where class descriptions and class names can be searched.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Selected classes can be added to the search using the &amp;quot;Apply selection&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Text ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchClsText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting text, the classes can be entered directly into the text field.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have entered all classes, the entries are checked using &amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Unknown classes are shown by an error message while the known classes are displayed in the IPC/CPC tree.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The entered classes including their respective descriptions are displayed in the &amp;quot;IPC/CPC List&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Plus selection ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Plus selection&amp;quot; enables you to include all sub-classes of the searched classes to the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchClsPlus.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Plus selection&amp;quot; can be activated when selecting the classes in the IPC/CPC tree or by directly inlcuding it in the text field by clicking the Plus icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== IPC7 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In individual cases it can be sensible to search for the old IPC7 classes. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
No hierarchical structure is available for the IPC7 classes.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, it can be viewed on the DPMA or WIPO websites.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DPMA&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://depatisnet.dpma.de/ipc/ipc.do?s=&amp;amp;v=20000101&amp;amp;l=DE&amp;amp;dh=dh11&amp;amp;sn=n00&amp;amp;sci=i00#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WIPO&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.wipo.int/classifications/ipc/en/ITsupport/old_versions.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
F-Terms are a special classification of the Japanese Patent Office. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information on the website of the Japanese Patent Office: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.jpo.go.jp/cgi/linke.cgi?url=/torikumi_e/searchportal_e/classification.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search for F-Terms on the website of the Japanese Patent Office: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://www5.j-platpat.inpit.go.jp/pms/tokujitsu/pmgs_en/PMGS_EN_GM101_Top.action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== CPC-Set ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the class search, the CPC sets are searched using the &amp;quot;CPC-sets&amp;quot; option.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CPCSetSrch.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The extended CPC-set search can be used to search for specific CPC-sets in a more detailed manner.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CPCSetMenu.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CPCSetSrchBlock.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the button &amp;quot;Add CPC class&amp;quot; you can search for multiple CPC-sets or CPC classes within CPC-sets. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Each line within a search block is automatically linked with &amp;quot;OR&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following search options are available for a line: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First - CPC class must come first within a CPC-set&lt;br /&gt;
* Last - CPC class must come last within a CPC-set&lt;br /&gt;
* In order - CPC classes must appear within a CPC-set in the specified order&lt;br /&gt;
* Any position - CPC class must appear within a CPC-set (regardless of the position)&lt;br /&gt;
* Exact - CPC classes must correspond to exactly one CPC-set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional information on CPC-sets: &amp;quot;Combination Sets&amp;quot;:&amp;lt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.cooperativepatentclassification.org/publications/Miscellaneous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows-Client|K]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|C]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1248</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1248"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:19:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Result List|result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows-Client|I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1247</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1247"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:18:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Result List|result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client|I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1246</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1246"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:15:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Result List|result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client | I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1245</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1245"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:15:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Result list|result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client | I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1244</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1244"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:14:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Resultlist|result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client | I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1243</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1243"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:13:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Result_list|result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client | I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1242</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1242"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:13:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Result list|Result_list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client | I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1241</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1241"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:12:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[EN:Result list|Result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client | I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1240</id>
		<title>EN:Patent number import</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Patent_number_import&amp;diff=1240"/>
		<updated>2020-10-14T07:11:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: Created page with &amp;quot; right  With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; The registered or insert...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportMenu.jpg|300px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of the patent number import, large quantities of patent numbers can be imported. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The registered or inserted patent numbers are listed after clicking on the &amp;quot;Import&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of filter functions, ambiguous patent numbers or patents which were not found can be quickly identified and corrected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImport.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PatentNumberImportEdit.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, All patent numbers can be edited and the change is accepted with the check button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2, In the case of ambiguous patent numbers, the corresponding document can be selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3, Patent numbers not found can be deleted using the trash can button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as post-processing is completed, the results can be displayed in the form of a [[DE: Result list | Result list]] by clicking on the &amp;quot;Show resultlist&amp;quot; button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows Client | I]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:network_administration&amp;diff=1175</id>
		<title>EN:network administration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:network_administration&amp;diff=1175"/>
		<updated>2020-08-27T09:52:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Languages and countries */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;color: red&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article is only of interest to users which own an account with Administrator rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminMenu.jpg|650px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
In a [[EN:Network|network]] respective permissions need to be set for users.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These permissions can only be assigned by a user with administrator rights in the web application (https://web.ip7.tech).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== User administration ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminUser.jpg|650px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
With the user administration, users can be created, edited or deleted.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, a list of all exiting users can be exported to Excel.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu item &amp;quot;Management&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Users &amp;amp; Groups&amp;quot; 3 tabs are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Network Tree&lt;br /&gt;
*Groups&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot;, the users can be managed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Groups ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroup.jpg|650px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Assigning the rights is always carried out via groups and can’t be performed for individual users. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A group, for example, has the permission to access a specific folder thus all users assigned to this group possess this permission.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu item &amp;quot;Management&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Users &amp;amp; Groups&amp;quot; 3 tabs are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Network Tree&lt;br /&gt;
*Groups&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &amp;quot;Groups&amp;quot;, the groups can be managed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the pen icon folder permissions for the selected groups can be set/edited.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroupFolder.jpg|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroupFolderPms.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 – Select folder&lt;br /&gt;
2 – Select permissions&lt;br /&gt;
3 – Permission is displayed in the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Folder permissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions can be set for all [[EN:Folders|folders]] in a network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu item &amp;quot;Management&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Users &amp;amp; Groups&amp;quot; 3 tabs are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Network Tree&lt;br /&gt;
*Groups&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &amp;quot;Network Tree&amp;quot; the folder permissions can be managed:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminFolderGroup.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the respective permissions can be assigned to groups for a selected folder. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking the gear icon on the right of a folder, the window for assigning the permission will open:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminFolderGroupPms.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Group comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroupCmt.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In a network it is possible to assign comments under specific aspects.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Group comments” can be created.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these comments, specific permissions can be assigned to desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to add individual icons to the “Group comments”.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== additional fields ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminAddFld.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Using &amp;quot;additional fields” you can define your own fields which can subsequently be filled by users.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible, for example, to create additional fields with internal classifications or internal reference numbers.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The respective permissions can then be assigned to the desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an additional field is created, to options are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Text&lt;br /&gt;
*Number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this type of field the maximum area can be defined.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way a field, e.g. “RFN” (reference number) can be created using the field type “Text”, which allows a maximum of 12 characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tags ===&lt;br /&gt;
Users, groups and monitoring tasks can be tagged.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible to, for example, set up groups for specific sites.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminTags.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evaluations ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminEval.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to set up/edit specific evaluation criteria for [[EN:Evaluation|evaluations]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the respective permissions can be assigned to the desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminEvalEdit.jpg|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
When creating evaluation criteria, the following settings can be assigned:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Can be used for tasks&lt;br /&gt;
Make evaluation criteria useable for Ad-hoc tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
Users can see this name when assigning evaluations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Description&lt;br /&gt;
Users can read this description when assigning evaluations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here a description can be given on what the users should evaluate.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Please evaluate the simplicity of this specific patent being circumvented.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Value&lt;br /&gt;
Please refer to the chapter “Average value when using multiple evaluations“ on the page [[EN:Evaluation|evaluation]] to see how the effects of the assigned value.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Stars&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select, how many stars are available for the users when assigning evaluations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose between 1-6 stars.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Stars Color&lt;br /&gt;
The color of the stars can also be selected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In case multiple criteria are used to create an evaluation, it might be helpful to use different colors.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monitoring Task ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminMoniTask.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[EN:Monitoring Task|Monitoring tasks]] can be created and edited.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here it is also possible to assign permissions for the desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminMoniTaskEdit.jpg|right|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
When creating monitoring tasks, the following settings can be chosen:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
*Description&lt;br /&gt;
*Group&lt;br /&gt;
All users assigned to this group are selected for the monitoring task.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, specific permissions can be selected for the individual group.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This relates to evaluation criteria, additional fields and group comments.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When the monitoring task is subsequently opened by users, only the selected fields are visible/useable.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DocType&lt;br /&gt;
If the monitoring task contains multiple documents for one application and the setting is “A-Application” it is possible to select whether the application or the grant is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SearchType&lt;br /&gt;
Here the [[EN:Patent Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis]] of the results is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Patent Status&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Individual&amp;quot; – every user can assign a patent status.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Apply for all users of Monitoring Task&amp;quot; – all users share the status.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status “OK” is set for a patent, all other users will see this status.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ignore D docs&lt;br /&gt;
This way, documents like GB D0 are ignored and not displayed as new results.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mail inform&lt;br /&gt;
All users assigned to this monitoring task are informed by E-Mail about new patents.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mail interval&lt;br /&gt;
The interval used to send these E-Mails.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Force evaluation to set finished status&lt;br /&gt;
Once this option is enabled, users must create an evaluation in order to set a patent to &amp;quot;done&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an attempt is made to set a patent to &amp;quot;done&amp;quot; without an evaluation, an error message will be displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Languages and countries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain settings can be defined for users. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;This is useful for example after new users have been created. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;This way, new users do not have to define their own settings. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, a template must be created with the desired settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CntryLngTemplateAdd.jpg | 750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[EN:Settings#Preferred_languages | preferred languages]] and [[EN:Settings#Preferred_countries | countries]]: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CntryLngTemplateSettings.jpg | 750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the template can be applied to the selected users: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CntryLngTemplateApply.jpg | 750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can then adjust their settings themselves. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several templates with different settings can also be created, e.g. for users from different countries or with different language skills. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Web-Oberfläche|A]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:web application|A]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:network_administration&amp;diff=1174</id>
		<title>EN:network administration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:network_administration&amp;diff=1174"/>
		<updated>2020-08-27T09:49:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre style=&amp;quot;color: red&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This article is only of interest to users which own an account with Administrator rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminMenu.jpg|650px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
In a [[EN:Network|network]] respective permissions need to be set for users.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These permissions can only be assigned by a user with administrator rights in the web application (https://web.ip7.tech).&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== User administration ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminUser.jpg|650px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
With the user administration, users can be created, edited or deleted.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, a list of all exiting users can be exported to Excel.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu item &amp;quot;Management&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Users &amp;amp; Groups&amp;quot; 3 tabs are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Network Tree&lt;br /&gt;
*Groups&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot;, the users can be managed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Groups ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroup.jpg|650px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Assigning the rights is always carried out via groups and can’t be performed for individual users. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A group, for example, has the permission to access a specific folder thus all users assigned to this group possess this permission.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu item &amp;quot;Management&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Users &amp;amp; Groups&amp;quot; 3 tabs are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Network Tree&lt;br /&gt;
*Groups&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &amp;quot;Groups&amp;quot;, the groups can be managed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the pen icon folder permissions for the selected groups can be set/edited.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroupFolder.jpg|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroupFolderPms.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 – Select folder&lt;br /&gt;
2 – Select permissions&lt;br /&gt;
3 – Permission is displayed in the list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Folder permissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions can be set for all [[EN:Folders|folders]] in a network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu item &amp;quot;Management&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Users &amp;amp; Groups&amp;quot; 3 tabs are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Network Tree&lt;br /&gt;
*Groups&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &amp;quot;Network Tree&amp;quot; the folder permissions can be managed:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminFolderGroup.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the respective permissions can be assigned to groups for a selected folder. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking the gear icon on the right of a folder, the window for assigning the permission will open:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminFolderGroupPms.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Group comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminGroupCmt.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
In a network it is possible to assign comments under specific aspects.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
“Group comments” can be created.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For these comments, specific permissions can be assigned to desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to add individual icons to the “Group comments”.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== additional fields ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminAddFld.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Using &amp;quot;additional fields” you can define your own fields which can subsequently be filled by users.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible, for example, to create additional fields with internal classifications or internal reference numbers.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The respective permissions can then be assigned to the desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once an additional field is created, to options are available:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Text&lt;br /&gt;
*Number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this type of field the maximum area can be defined.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way a field, e.g. “RFN” (reference number) can be created using the field type “Text”, which allows a maximum of 12 characters.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tags ===&lt;br /&gt;
Users, groups and monitoring tasks can be tagged.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is possible to, for example, set up groups for specific sites.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminTags.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Evaluations ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminEval.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to set up/edit specific evaluation criteria for [[EN:Evaluation|evaluations]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the respective permissions can be assigned to the desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminEvalEdit.jpg|right|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
When creating evaluation criteria, the following settings can be assigned:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Can be used for tasks&lt;br /&gt;
Make evaluation criteria useable for Ad-hoc tasks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
Users can see this name when assigning evaluations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Description&lt;br /&gt;
Users can read this description when assigning evaluations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here a description can be given on what the users should evaluate.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Please evaluate the simplicity of this specific patent being circumvented.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Value&lt;br /&gt;
Please refer to the chapter “Average value when using multiple evaluations“ on the page [[EN:Evaluation|evaluation]] to see how the effects of the assigned value.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Stars&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can select, how many stars are available for the users when assigning evaluations.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can choose between 1-6 stars.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Stars Color&lt;br /&gt;
The color of the stars can also be selected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In case multiple criteria are used to create an evaluation, it might be helpful to use different colors.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monitoring Task ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminMoniTask.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[EN:Monitoring Task|Monitoring tasks]] can be created and edited.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here it is also possible to assign permissions for the desired groups.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NetworkAdminMoniTaskEdit.jpg|right|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
When creating monitoring tasks, the following settings can be chosen:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Name&lt;br /&gt;
*Description&lt;br /&gt;
*Group&lt;br /&gt;
All users assigned to this group are selected for the monitoring task.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, specific permissions can be selected for the individual group.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This relates to evaluation criteria, additional fields and group comments.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When the monitoring task is subsequently opened by users, only the selected fields are visible/useable.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DocType&lt;br /&gt;
If the monitoring task contains multiple documents for one application and the setting is “A-Application” it is possible to select whether the application or the grant is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*SearchType&lt;br /&gt;
Here the [[EN:Patent Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis]] of the results is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Patent Status&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Individual&amp;quot; – every user can assign a patent status.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Apply for all users of Monitoring Task&amp;quot; – all users share the status.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status “OK” is set for a patent, all other users will see this status.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ignore D docs&lt;br /&gt;
This way, documents like GB D0 are ignored and not displayed as new results.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mail inform&lt;br /&gt;
All users assigned to this monitoring task are informed by E-Mail about new patents.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mail interval&lt;br /&gt;
The interval used to send these E-Mails.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Force evaluation to set finished status&lt;br /&gt;
Once this option is enabled, users must create an evaluation in order to set a patent to &amp;quot;done&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If an attempt is made to set a patent to &amp;quot;done&amp;quot; without an evaluation, an error message will be displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Languages and countries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain settings can be defined for users. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;This is useful for example after new users have been created. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;This way, new users do not have to define their own settings. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, a template must be created with the desired settings: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CntryLngTemplateAdd.jpg | 750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[DE: Settings # Preferred_Sprachen | Preferred Languages]] and [[DE: Settings # Preferred_L.C3.A4nder | Countries]]: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CntryLngTemplateSettings.jpg | 750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the template can be applied to the selected users: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CntryLngTemplateApply.jpg | 750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The users can then adjust their settings themselves. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several templates with different settings can also be created, e.g. for users from different countries or with different language skills. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Web-Oberfläche|A]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:web application|A]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1173</id>
		<title>EN:Evaluation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1173"/>
		<updated>2020-08-27T09:47:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the evaluation of patents a scale of stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Within a [[EN:Projects|search project]] an evaluation criterion &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot; with up to 4 Stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For a [[EN:Network|network]] or [[EN:Monitoring Task|monitoring task]] individual evaluation criteria can be created and used.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to create multiple evaluation criteria which then form an average value.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assign evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Patents can be evaluated in the [[EN:Result List|result list]] as well as in [[EN:Detail View|detail view]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluation within a search project in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateResultList.jpg|900px|evaluate within the result list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In detail view a new evaluation can be assigned by using the Plus-Icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView1.jpg|800px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the new evaluation is created similarly to the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView2.jpg|500px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Read evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluations that have already been assigned are displayed in the result list, detailed view and evaluation history. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which evaluation is displayed in the result list and detailed view depends on the currently open project / task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set base of the result list also plays an important role. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the result list is, for example, based on &amp;quot;strict family&amp;quot; (S), an evaluation of another family member is visible in the result list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the displayed DE document is not evaluated, however the evaluation of the US-A document is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(since both documents are in the same strict family)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: evalFromOtherFam.jpg | 800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If evaluations have been assigned for several documents of the same family, the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is determined as follows: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluations from all applications of the patent family are determined. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this, the highest evaluation is then taken. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: MostRelevantEvaluation.jpg | 700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluation of the application for the EP document is therefore the evaluation of B1. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The US evaluation is higher than the latest EP evaluation. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the evaluation of the US document is displayed as the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation of the family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Evaluation history ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalHistory.jpg|800px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
All evaluations assigned the past are saved in the evaluation history. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Regardless of which project the user has opened, all evaluations from all projects / monitoring tasks are always displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The respective history can be opened in the result list or detail view. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A blue dot in the result list indicates that there are entries in the history. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can therefore be seen at a glance whether a patent has already been evaluated in another project. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[File:EvalHisRes.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Average value when using multiple evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once multiple evaluation criteria are set up in a monitoring task, an average value of the assigned evaluations is automatically created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 following evaluation criteria were created:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for current projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 100 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for future projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 50 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**how difficult will it be to create a workaround solution?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 80&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the monitoring tasks these 3 criteria can be used for the evaluation. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is displayed left of the patent number and is initially set to 0.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage1.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as an evaluation was made using the 3 criteria the average value is calculated and displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage2.jpg|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is calculated in the following manner:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the weightings of the criteria are added.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a maximum weighting of 230&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relevance for each evaluation is calculated using the following formula:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(selected stars / maximum stars) * (weighting / maximum weighting)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (1/4) * (100/230) = 0,1087&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (4/4) * (50/230) = 0,2174&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039; - (2/5) * (80/230) = 0,1391&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, these values are added and multiplied by 6.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thus results: 0,4652 * 6 = &#039;&#039;&#039;2,79&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:windows client|E]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1172</id>
		<title>EN:Evaluation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1172"/>
		<updated>2020-08-27T09:46:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Read evaluations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the evaluation of patents a scale of stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Within a [[EN:Projects|search project]] an evaluation criterion &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot; with up to 4 Stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For a [[EN:Network|network]] or [[EN:Monitoring Task|monitoring task]] individual evaluation criteria can be created and used.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to create multiple evaluation criteria which then form an average value.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assign evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Patents can be evaluated in the [[EN:Result List|result list]] as well as in [[EN:Detail View|detail view]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluation within a search project in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateResultList.jpg|900px|evaluate within the result list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In detail view a new evaluation can be assigned by using the Plus-Icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView1.jpg|800px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the new evaluation is created similarly to the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView2.jpg|500px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Read evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluations that have already been assigned are displayed in the result list, detailed view and evaluation history. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which evaluation is displayed in the result list and detailed view depends on the currently open project / task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set base of the result list also plays an important role. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the result list is, for example, based on &amp;quot;strict family&amp;quot; (S), an evaluation of another family member is visible in the result list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the displayed DE document is not evaluated, however the evaluation of the US-A document is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(since both documents are in the same strict family)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: evalFromOtherFam.jpg | 800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If evaluations have been assigned for several documents of the same family, the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is determined as follows: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluations from all applications of the patent family are determined. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this, the highest evaluation is then taken. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: MostRelevantEvaluation.jpg | 700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluation of the application for the EP document is therefore the evaluation of B1. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The US evaluation is higher than the latest EP evaluation. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the evaluation of the US document is displayed as the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation of the family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Average value when using multiple evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once multiple evaluation criteria are set up in a monitoring task, an average value of the assigned evaluations is automatically created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 following evaluation criteria were created:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for current projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 100 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for future projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 50 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**how difficult will it be to create a workaround solution?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 80&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the monitoring tasks these 3 criteria can be used for the evaluation. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is displayed left of the patent number and is initially set to 0.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage1.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as an evaulation was made using the 3 criteria the average value is calculated and displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage2.jpg|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is calculated in the following manner:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the weightings of the criteria are added.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a maximum weighting of 230&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relevance for each evaluation is calculated using the following formula:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(selected stars / maximum stars) * (weighting / maximum weighting)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (1/4) * (100/230) = 0,1087&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (4/4) * (50/230) = 0,2174&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039; - (2/5) * (80/230) = 0,1391&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, these values are added and multiplied by 6.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thus results: 0,4652 * 6 = &#039;&#039;&#039;2,79&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:windows client|E]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1171</id>
		<title>EN:Evaluation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1171"/>
		<updated>2020-08-27T09:44:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Evaluation History */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the evaluation of patents a scale of stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Within a [[EN:Projects|search project]] an evaluation criterion &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot; with up to 4 Stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For a [[EN:Network|network]] or [[EN:Monitoring Task|monitoring task]] individual evaluation criteria can be created and used.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to create multiple evaluation criteria which then form an average value.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assign evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Patents can be evaluated in the [[EN:Result List|result list]] as well as in [[EN:Detail View|detail view]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluation within a search project in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateResultList.jpg|900px|evaluate within the result list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In detail view a new evaluation can be assigned by using the Plus-Icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView1.jpg|800px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the new evaluation is created similarly to the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView2.jpg|500px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Read evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluations that have already been assigned are displayed in the result list, detailed view and evaluation history. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which evaluation is displayed in the result list and detailed view depends on the currently open project / task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set base of the result list also plays an important role. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the result list is, for example, based on &amp;quot;strict family&amp;quot; (S), an evaluation of another family member is visible in the result list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the displayed DE document is not evaluated, however the evaluation of the US-A document is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(since both documents are in the same strict family)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: evalFromOtherFam.jpg | 800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If evaluations have been assigned for several documents of the same family, the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is determined as follows: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluations from all applications of the patent family are determined. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this, the highest evaluation is then taken. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: MostRelevantEvaluation.jpg | 700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluation of the application for the EP document is therefore the evaluation of B1. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The US evaluation is higher than the latest EP evaluation. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the evaluation of the US document is displayed as the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation of the family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalHistory.jpg|800px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
All evaluations assigned the past are saved in the evaluation history. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Regardless of which project the user has opened, all evaluations from all projects / monitoring tasks are always displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;The respective history can be opened in the result list or detail view. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A blue dot in the result list indicates that there are entries in the history. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It can therefore be seen at a glance whether a patent has already been evaluated in another project. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[File:EvalHisRes.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Average value when using multiple evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once multiple evaluation criteria are set up in a monitoring task, an average value of the assigned evaluations is automatically created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 following evaluation criteria were created:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for current projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 100 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for future projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 50 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**how difficult will it be to create a workaround solution?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 80&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the monitoring tasks these 3 criteria can be used for the evaluation. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is displayed left of the patent number and is initially set to 0.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage1.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as an evaulation was made using the 3 criteria the average value is calculated and displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage2.jpg|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is calculated in the following manner:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the weightings of the criteria are added.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a maximum weighting of 230&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relevance for each evaluation is calculated using the following formula:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(selected stars / maximum stars) * (weighting / maximum weighting)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (1/4) * (100/230) = 0,1087&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (4/4) * (50/230) = 0,2174&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039; - (2/5) * (80/230) = 0,1391&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, these values are added and multiplied by 6.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thus results: 0,4652 * 6 = &#039;&#039;&#039;2,79&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:windows client|E]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Settings&amp;diff=1147</id>
		<title>EN:Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Settings&amp;diff=1147"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T16:07:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Preferred languages */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:SettingsMenu.jpg|650px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to provide the best possible workflow for the daily patent work, the user has the option to adjust the settings of the programme. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Each user is able to adjust their own individual settings.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the menu item „Administration“ the „Settings“ can be adjusted. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the changes in the settings require restarting the programme.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Settings/General===&lt;br /&gt;
In the first tab, general settings can be carried out.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsSettings.jpg|650px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first field, the “Application language” can be selected.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Below you can set the file path for the PDF download (&amp;quot;PDF download directory&amp;quot;). &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is followed by additional settings, which can be activated/de-activated: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Compact result list====&lt;br /&gt;
The display of the [[EN:Result_List|result list]] can be simplified using this option. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsCompactResLst.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Add search phrases to highlighting====&lt;br /&gt;
This option is explained [[EN:Highlighting#Temporary_synonym_groups|here]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Load representative image with result====&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience problems with the loading of images, select this option.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use middle mouse button to select next page====&lt;br /&gt;
The middle mouse button can be used to switch to the next page in the result list.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Expand families in detail view====&lt;br /&gt;
In [[EN:Detail_View|detail view]] the patent family is automatically displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsExpandFamDetailVw.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Show highlighting occurrences above text====&lt;br /&gt;
The number of terms which are contained in [[EN:Highlighting|highlighting]] groups is displayed above the texts.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsHLaboveText.jpg|650px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keep zoom factor in detail view====&lt;br /&gt;
The programme remembers the zoom factor in detail view.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsZoomFactor.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Show owner instead of applicant====&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of showing the applicant, the patent owner is displayed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsOwner.jpg|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Close inactive tabs without question====&lt;br /&gt;
When a currently inactive tab is closed, it will close without a confirmation prompt.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Switch tabs for all patents in resultlist====&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list, the tabs of all patents are changed.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsSwitchTabForAll.jpg|850px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Highlighting occurrences sort order====&lt;br /&gt;
Here, you can select, in which manner the highlighting groups are sorted.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sorted alphabetically:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsHLsortOrderAlpha.jpg|550px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sorted by amount:&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsHLsortOrderCnt.jpg|550px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Here, you can select the display settings for the result list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The height of a list icon as well as the text size can be set.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsDisplaySettings.jpg|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preferred languages===&lt;br /&gt;
Patents often contain multiple texts in different languages.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, you can select which languages should be preferred when displaying the patent.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Entries can be moved up or down in order to set a priority.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Only the selected entries are considered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsPrefLng.jpg|650px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are no texts in the selected languages for a document, a corresponding text is searched for. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In doing so, a text that is as &amp;quot;close&amp;quot; as possible is preferably selected. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following order is taken into account: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* application&lt;br /&gt;
* strict family&lt;br /&gt;
* extended family&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no text in the selected languages, in the documents of the application, the texts of the strict family are searched and then those of the extended family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preferred countries===&lt;br /&gt;
A result list can be grouped in different [[EN:Result_List#Number_search_and_display_of_results|units]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, it is possible to show one patent per patent family.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which family representative is displayed can be managed in the “Preferred countries“ setting.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entries can be moved up or down in order to set a priority.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Only the selected entries are considered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsPrefCntry.jpg|650px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
Various features can be accessed via keyboard shortcuts.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The respective keyboard shortcuts can be defined individually. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are, however, keyboard shortcuts which can’t be used.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These include for example shortcuts used by Windows. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsShortcuts.jpg|650px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Result list tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
Specific information in the result list can be displayed or hidden. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally the order can be set accordingly.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsResListTabs.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Detail view tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
Specific information in detail view can be displayed or hidden. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally the order can be set accordingly.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SettingsDetailViewTabs.jpg|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1146</id>
		<title>EN:Country</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Country&amp;diff=1146"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T16:03:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Here you are able to search patents by using the respective country codes.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CountrySearch.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search block the &amp;quot;most important&amp;quot; countries can be selected by using the buttons.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to enter the country codes directly into the search field. Here the country codes must be separated with a semi colon or a comma.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
DE; EP; US; WO;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All country codes are available in the search assistant.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case the country code is not known, the list can be searched/filtered for the desired country.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Selected entries can be transferred to the search using the &amp;quot;Apply selection&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the option &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot; you can search for the priority countries. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which priority countries are searched for depends on the set [[EN:Patent_Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]]. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Priority country of the extended or strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It makes no sense if the basis here is set to document or application. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this case you can simply deselect &amp;quot;Priority countries&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: CountrySearchPrio.jpg | 900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1145</id>
		<title>EN:Evaluation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Evaluation&amp;diff=1145"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:57:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Read evaluations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For the evaluation of patents a scale of stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Within a [[EN:Projects|search project]] an evaluation criterion &amp;quot;Basic&amp;quot; with up to 4 Stars is available.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For a [[EN:Network|network]] or [[EN:Monitoring Task|monitoring task]] individual evaluation criteria can be created and used.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to create multiple evaluation criteria which then form an average value.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assign evaluation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Patents can be evaluated in the [[EN:Result List|result list]] as well as in [[EN:Detail View|detail view]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluation within a search project in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateResultList.jpg|900px|evaluate within the result list]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In detail view a new evaluation can be assigned by using the Plus-Icon.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView1.jpg|800px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the new evaluation is created similarly to the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evaluateDetailView2.jpg|500px|evaluate within the detail view]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Read evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluations that have already been assigned are displayed in the result list, detailed view and evaluation history. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which rating is displayed in the result list and detailed view depends on the currently open project / task. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set base of the result list also plays an important role. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the result list is, for example, based on &amp;quot;strict family&amp;quot; (S), an evaluation of another family member is visible in the result list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this example the displayed DE document is not evaluated, however the evaluation of the US-A document is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(since both documents are in the same strict family)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: evalFromOtherFam.jpg | 800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If evaluations have been assigned for several documents of the same family, the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is displayed. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation is determined as follows: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluations from all applications of the patent family are determined. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this, the highest evaluation is then taken. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: MostRelevantEvaluation.jpg | 700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest evaluation of the application for the EP document is therefore the evaluation of B1. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The US evaluation is higher than the latest EP evaluation. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the evaluation of the US document is displayed as the &amp;quot;most relevant&amp;quot; evaluation of the family. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Evaluation History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All evaluations assigned in the past are saved in the evaluation history.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The specific history can be view in detail view.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalHistory.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Average value when using multiple evaluations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once multiple evaluation criteria are set up in a monitoring task, an average value of the assigned evaluations is automatically created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 following evaluation criteria were created:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for current projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 100 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**important for future projects?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 50 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**how difficult will it be to create a workaround solution?&lt;br /&gt;
**Weighting(value) 80&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the monitoring tasks these 3 criteria can be used for the evaluation. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is displayed left of the patent number and is initially set to 0.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage1.jpg|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as an evaulation was made using the 3 criteria the average value is calculated and displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:evalAverage2.jpg|600px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The average value is calculated in the following manner:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the weightings of the criteria are added.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This results in a maximum weighting of 230&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relevance for each evaluation is calculated using the following formula:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(selected stars / maximum stars) * (weighting / maximum weighting)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;current importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (1/4) * (100/230) = 0,1087&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;future importance&#039;&#039;&#039; - (4/4) * (50/230) = 0,2174&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;possibility of defeat&#039;&#039;&#039; - (2/5) * (80/230) = 0,1391&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, these values are added and multiplied by 6.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thus results: 0,4652 * 6 = &#039;&#039;&#039;2,79&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:windows client|E]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Graphical_analyses&amp;diff=1144</id>
		<title>EN:Graphical analyses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Graphical_analyses&amp;diff=1144"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:50:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Combination of applicants and classes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisMenu.jpg|450px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of graphical analyses [[EN:Result List|results]] can be evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;
This way search results or the contents of [[EN:Folder|folders]] can be analysed quickly and easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface of the graphical analyses is designed in a similar manner as the user interface of the [[EN:Patent Search|search]].&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new graphical analysis by clicking the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
The individual analyses are added via the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following analyses are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Countries&lt;br /&gt;
*Countries per year&lt;br /&gt;
*Applicant&lt;br /&gt;
*Applicant per year&lt;br /&gt;
*Legal Status&lt;br /&gt;
*Folder Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Patents per year&lt;br /&gt;
*Classification&lt;br /&gt;
*Classification per year&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisAppYear.jpg|800px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, the respective assistant for the selected analysis is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
The assistant is used to change the settings of the individual analyses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Title &lt;br /&gt;
*Cumulated&lt;br /&gt;
*Selection of data (e.g. countries, applicant groups, folders, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Different types of diagrams (e.g. pie chart, column chart,etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Options for a time-based analysis:&lt;br /&gt;
*period of time&lt;br /&gt;
*Date type (e.g. application date, strict priority, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Time interval (year, month)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A click in one area of the graphical analysis opens the content in a new result list. &lt;br /&gt;
(e.g. click on one column of the column diagram)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphical analyses can be exported as a PDF file with one click.&lt;br /&gt;
The respective data for each individual analysis can be exported to Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Linking the result ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graphical analyses are always linked to a result.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The colour highlighting of the tabs shows you which result is linked to the analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
If the result is changed, e.g. by applying a standard filter, the graphical analysis is updated automatically. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is also possible to, for example, change folders with one click while seeing the corresponding graphical analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[EN:Result List#Nummernsuche_und_Trefferanzeige|unit]] of the linked result list is adopted for the graphical analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, the result list is based on the strict family, then the analysis is also based on the strict family. If the unit is changed in the result list it is also changed for the analyses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisConnection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to compare results using the graphical analyses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can open multiple graphical analyses for different results simultaneously. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way analyses for different results can be compared using the [[EN:User_Interface_Arrangement|window arrangement]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisCompare.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Templates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A selection of graphical analyses can be saved as a template.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Templates can be opened again after restarting the programme. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally the template can be used for any result list with just a few clicks. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisTemplates.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphical analyses are available in a template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Countries (per year) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisCntryYear.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which countries are contained proportionally in a result?&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All countries, depending on the selected unit in the result list, are considered. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, &amp;quot;S&amp;quot; (strict family) is selected in the result list, all countries from the strict family are considered. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Applicants (per year) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisAppYear.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different applicants can be compared. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, different competitors are compared in regards to a technology. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the applicant analysis, manual and [[EN:Automatic_Applicant_Grouping | automatic applicant groups]] are available. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The corresponding [[EN:Applicant_Grouping | manual applicant groups]] must be created beforehand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All applicants are considered, depending on the selected unit of the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If e.g. &amp;quot;S&amp;quot; (strict families) is selected in the results list, all applicants from the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;However, the same applicant in different family members of a strict family is counted only once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Legal status===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisLS.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which legal status is proportionately represented in the result?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Folder assignment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisFolder.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluate the patent stock in your own network.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which folders contain the result?&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
How is the result proportionally divided into folders?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Classification (per year) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisClsYear.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which classes (IPC/CPC) are contained in the result?&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the distribution of classes over a selected time period.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Patents per year ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisDate.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amount of patents over a selected time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Combination of applicants and classes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppClsCombi.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Different applicants can be compared based on selected IPC / CPC classes. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The [[EN:Applicant_Grouping|manual]] and [[EN:Automatic_Applicant_Grouping|automatic]] applicant groups are available for the analysis. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corresponding manual applicant groups must be created beforehand. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Graphical_analyses&amp;diff=1143</id>
		<title>EN:Graphical analyses</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Graphical_analyses&amp;diff=1143"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:49:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisMenu.jpg|450px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the help of graphical analyses [[EN:Result List|results]] can be evaluated.&lt;br /&gt;
This way search results or the contents of [[EN:Folder|folders]] can be analysed quickly and easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The user interface of the graphical analyses is designed in a similar manner as the user interface of the [[EN:Patent Search|search]].&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new graphical analysis by clicking the &amp;quot;New&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
The individual analyses are added via the menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The following analyses are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Countries&lt;br /&gt;
*Countries per year&lt;br /&gt;
*Applicant&lt;br /&gt;
*Applicant per year&lt;br /&gt;
*Legal Status&lt;br /&gt;
*Folder Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Patents per year&lt;br /&gt;
*Classification&lt;br /&gt;
*Classification per year&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisAppYear.jpg|800px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, the respective assistant for the selected analysis is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
The assistant is used to change the settings of the individual analyses:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Title &lt;br /&gt;
*Cumulated&lt;br /&gt;
*Selection of data (e.g. countries, applicant groups, folders, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Different types of diagrams (e.g. pie chart, column chart,etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Options for a time-based analysis:&lt;br /&gt;
*period of time&lt;br /&gt;
*Date type (e.g. application date, strict priority, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
*Time interval (year, month)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A click in one area of the graphical analysis opens the content in a new result list. &lt;br /&gt;
(e.g. click on one column of the column diagram)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The graphical analyses can be exported as a PDF file with one click.&lt;br /&gt;
The respective data for each individual analysis can be exported to Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Linking the result ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graphical analyses are always linked to a result.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The colour highlighting of the tabs shows you which result is linked to the analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
If the result is changed, e.g. by applying a standard filter, the graphical analysis is updated automatically. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is also possible to, for example, change folders with one click while seeing the corresponding graphical analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[EN:Result List#Nummernsuche_und_Trefferanzeige|unit]] of the linked result list is adopted for the graphical analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, the result list is based on the strict family, then the analysis is also based on the strict family. If the unit is changed in the result list it is also changed for the analyses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisConnection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to compare results using the graphical analyses.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can open multiple graphical analyses for different results simultaneously. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way analyses for different results can be compared using the [[EN:User_Interface_Arrangement|window arrangement]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisCompare.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Templates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A selection of graphical analyses can be saved as a template.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Templates can be opened again after restarting the programme. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally the template can be used for any result list with just a few clicks. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisTemplates.jpg|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graphical analyses are available in a template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Countries (per year) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisCntryYear.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which countries are contained proportionally in a result?&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All countries, depending on the selected unit in the result list, are considered. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, &amp;quot;S&amp;quot; (strict family) is selected in the result list, all countries from the strict family are considered. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Applicants (per year) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisAppYear.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different applicants can be compared. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, different competitors are compared in regards to a technology. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the applicant analysis, manual and [[EN:Automatic_Applicant_Grouping | automatic applicant groups]] are available. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The corresponding [[EN:Applicant_Grouping | manual applicant groups]] must be created beforehand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All applicants are considered, depending on the selected unit of the results list. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;If e.g. &amp;quot;S&amp;quot; (strict families) is selected in the results list, all applicants from the strict family will be considered. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;However, the same applicant in different family members of a strict family is counted only once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Legal status===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisLS.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which legal status is proportionately represented in the result?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Folder assignment ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisFolder.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evaluate the patent stock in your own network.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Which folders contain the result?&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
How is the result proportionally divided into folders?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Classification (per year) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisClsYear.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which classes (IPC/CPC) are contained in the result?&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the distribution of classes over a selected time period.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Patents per year ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AnalysisDate.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amount of patents over a selected time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Combination of applicants and classes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AppClsCombi.jpg|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Different applicants can be compared based on selected IPC / CPC classes. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The [[EN:Applicant_Grouping|manual]] and [[EN:Automatic_Applicant_Grouping|automatic]]applicant groups are available for the analysis. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corresponding manual applicant groups must be created beforehand. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Applicant&amp;diff=1142</id>
		<title>EN:Applicant</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Applicant&amp;diff=1142"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:45:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Owner */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The applicant search is used to search for companies or to limit existing searches to specific companies.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the applicant search can be used to create automatic competition monitoring.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The applicant search block provides 2 options: list or text &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAppEpo.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting list, the search assistant is available for searching applicant names.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The desired applicant names are selected and added to the search using the &amp;quot;Apply selection&amp;quot; button.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Text ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchAppText.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When selecting text, the applicant names can be entered directly into the text field.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use Boolean logic and truncations.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Airbus AND Helicopters&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Will find all patents which contain „both“ terms in “one” applicant name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Automatic applicant grouping ===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for [[EN:Automatic_Applicant_Grouping|automatically grouped applicant names]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Manual applicant grouping ===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for created [[EN:Applicant Grouping|applicant groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Owner ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search for the patent’s [[EN:Owner|owner]].&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In case a patent is sold to a new owner, the applicant’s name remains the same. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is possible to search for the patent’s new owner by using the “Owner” feature. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The information regarding the owner are extracted from the INPADOC database (Legal status data of the European Patent Office). &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EPO Standard ===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for the standardised name assigned by the EPO.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.epo.org/searching-for-patents/helpful-resources/data/tables/regular.html List of standardised names assigned by the EPO] see &amp;quot;List of standardised applicant names&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Original ===&lt;br /&gt;
Search for „non-standardised“ names, as entered by the applicant in the request for grant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|A]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1141</id>
		<title>EN:Result List</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Result_List&amp;diff=1141"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:43:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The result list is used to display the results of performed searches and the contents of folders.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After carrying out a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] a new tab automatically opens displaying the respective result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The search window and the corresponding result list are grouped and highlighted in the same colour.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to switch between the open tabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New tabs are opened when a new search is carried out.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other things, the result list is used to [[EN:Evaluation|evaluate]] patents (Allocation of stars and comments).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently the status of a patent can be changed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Initially all patents are set as &amp;quot;unread&amp;quot; and can then be changed to the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:resultList-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Number search and display of results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The display of results can be grouped into different [[EN:Data Content|units]]:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;D&#039;&#039;&#039;-Document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&#039;-Application&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;-Strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;-Extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example: number search for EP 123456 A&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All EP-A Documents are displayed (2D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-1.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the unit is changed from D-Document to A-Application, all 3 documents of the application are counted, thus increasing number of hits (3D).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Now the B-Document which was not found previously is also displayed, as the search was limited to the A-Document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-2.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After changing to S-strict family additional applicants and documents are displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NumberResult-3.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing back to D-Documents, only the 2 documents found in the number search will be displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status of a patent ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following statuses are available (with increasing weighting):&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*None (unread)&lt;br /&gt;
*not relevant (read)&lt;br /&gt;
*OK (read)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; has a higher weighting than &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; has the highest weighting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
All documents initially have the status &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list the current status of a document is displayed to the right of the patent number in the result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the status is &amp;quot;None&amp;quot;, this field is left blank.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The 3 buttons for the allocation of the status, display the status of the currently selected document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as D - Documents is selected as a basis, all statuses can be displayed:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-1.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When changing to A - Application:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Status-2.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the highest status (&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;) is displayed next to the patent number. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; is displayed during the status allocation, as the status of the representative is shown here.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The B-Document has the status &amp;quot;not relevant&amp;quot; and the B-Document is shown as the representative.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Select results ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the result list it is possible to select specific patents for the Word/Excel export.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportSelection.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selection supports the features of the Windows-Explorer: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With the shortcut Ctrl+A, all patents of the displayed page are selected.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Shift-key and mouse click selects specific areas of patents.  &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Holding down the Ctrl-key and mouse click selects multiple specific patents. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it is important that the mouse click takes place in the following areas: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ResListSelection.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, it is also possible to select the entire result for the Excel export. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ExcelExportWholeRes.jpg|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Save/open/manage==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on which unit/basis is selected in the current result, the result list is also saved with this setting.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The number of results also corresponds to the selected basis.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Manage resultLists.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Publish result lists ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PublishResultList.jpg|right|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Saved result lists can be shared with other users:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open result lists &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Select result list &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3 Select user and assign permission in the drop down field &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click the Save button &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|R]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:History&amp;diff=1139</id>
		<title>EN:History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:History&amp;diff=1139"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:28:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:SearchHistorie.jpg|right|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[EN:Patent Search|searches]] performed in the past are saved in the &amp;quot;Search history&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The history items can be opened, linked with other history items or deleted.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to re-open the search criteria and also, to display the results of the previously performed search without having to run the search again.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the Plus icon will show the amount of results of the selected history item.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Link history items ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
History items can be selected and linked with each other. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way unions and intersections can be created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 options to link history items:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the history items to be linked and click on the buttons &amp;quot;union&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;intersection&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchHistorieCompare1.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the item numbers in the lower text field.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchHistorieCompare2.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operators AND, OR, NOT and brackets can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Filter ==&lt;br /&gt;
If a result list was filtered using the [[EN:Filter|filter]], the result is displayed accordingly.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The result of a text search (history ID: 281) is marked with a filter icon. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The entry 281 has been filtered and the result of this filter (282) is displayed below: &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchHistorieStdFilter.jpg | 400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search Report ==&lt;br /&gt;
Selected searches or search criteria can be exported as a text file via the history. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way, a research report can be created. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The desired entries must be selected in the history, then the search report can be created by clicking on the Export button. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: SearchReport.jpg | 650px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|H]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Projects&amp;diff=1138</id>
		<title>EN:Projects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Projects&amp;diff=1138"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:23:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Dashboard and creating projects */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Users can use Compass to set up their own projects/search projects and share them with other users as required.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is possible to process patents under different aspects.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Patents which are considered important in one project can be irrelevant in the next project.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboard and creating projects ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After logging on to Compass the dashboard is displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The left column shows all recently opened projects. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The middle column shows all [[EN:Monitoring_Task|monitoring tasks]] assigned to the user.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The right column shows all [[EN:AdHoc-Task|Ad hoc tasks]] assigned to the user. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:StartPageDashboard.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Plus icon in the left column is used to quick-create and open a new project.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Plus icon in the middle column is used to create a project and select the respective settings for it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NewProject.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The project name and description can be chosen.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally the following options are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Search type&lt;br /&gt;
**default unit in the search/result list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Preferred document&lt;br /&gt;
**If a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] is performed using the unit “application”, which document should be displayed (as a representative of the application) Granted or First publication?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlighting scheme&lt;br /&gt;
**An existing highlighting scheme can be linked to the project [[EN:Highlighting#Add_Highlighting_schemes_to_projects.2Ftasks]]. As soon as the project is opened, the corresponding highlighting scheme is automatically loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Status&lt;br /&gt;
**This option is interesting if several users work in the same project. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Individual&amp;quot; - Each user has their own status &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Apply for all users&amp;quot; - All users in the project have the same status (if a user sets the patent as done, it is done for everyone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
**Filter available users. The project is shared with all selected users. The creator of the project is able to see all users who are part of the same [[EN:Network|network]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to search for the [[EN:Result_List#Status_of_a_patent|status]] of a patent within a selected search project.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectStatusSearch.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can, for example, search for all patents with the status “not relevant”. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|P]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Projects&amp;diff=1137</id>
		<title>EN:Projects</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Projects&amp;diff=1137"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:20:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Users can use Compass to set up their own projects/search projects and share them with other users as required.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore it is possible to process patents under different aspects.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Patents which are considered important in one project can be irrelevant in the next project.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dashboard and creating projects ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After logging on to Compass the dashboard is displayed.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The left column shows all recently opened projects. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The middle column shows all [[EN:Monitoring-Task|monitoring tasks]] assigned to the user.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The right column shows all [[EN:AdHoc-Task|Ad hoc tasks]] assigned to the user. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:StartPageDashboard.jpg|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Plus icon in the left column is used to quick-create and open a new project.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Plus icon in the middle column is used to create a project and select the respective settings for it.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NewProject.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The project name and description can be chosen.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally the following options are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Search type&lt;br /&gt;
**default unit in the search/result list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Preferred document&lt;br /&gt;
**If a [[EN:Patent Search|search]] is performed using the unit “application”, which document should be displayed (as a representative of the application) Granted or First publication?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Highlighting scheme&lt;br /&gt;
**An existing highlighting scheme can be linked to the project [[DE: Highlighting # Highlighting_Schemata_an_Projekte.2FAufgabe_anf.C3.BCgen |]]. As soon as the project is opened, the corresponding highlighting scheme is automatically loaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Status&lt;br /&gt;
**This option is interesting if several users work in the same project. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Individual&amp;quot; - Each user has their own status &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;Apply for all users&amp;quot; - All users in the project have the same status (if a user sets the patent as done, it is done for everyone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Users&lt;br /&gt;
**Filter available users. The project is shared with all selected users. The creator of the project is able to see all users who are part of the same [[EN:Network|network]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Search for status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to search for the [[EN:Result_List#Status_of_a_patent|status]] of a patent within a selected search project.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ProjectStatusSearch.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can, for example, search for all patents with the status “not relevant”. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|P]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1136</id>
		<title>EN:Text search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1136"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T15:10:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: /* Text Search Block */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Text Search Block =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Text search block, extensive full text searches can be created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 options are generally available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Full text search&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Semantic search&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By choosing between&#039;&#039;&#039;Title, Abstract, Claim, Description&#039;&#039;&#039; you can determine, which part of the text is searched.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you perform a search for text, the result will be sorted on the basis of a full text ranking. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way the most relevant results will be displayed on top of the list while the uninteresting results will be displayed on the bottom.  &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the search terms in the texts are counted. Additionally, the search terms are weighted. If the search term is contained in the title, a higher weighting is applied in comparison to the search term occurring only in the description. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Semantic Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semantic search only works with English texts. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The more general the specified text is, the less precise the results of the semantic search will be.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is therefore recommended e.g. to copy only the most important or most interesting claim into the semantic search. (e.g. the first claim)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semantic search is recommended as a tool to find similar patents.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The amount of results of a semantic search can then be edited further using [[EN:Filter|filters]].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Full-text search ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Boolean text search with extensive functions and options, which are explained in more detail here. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast to the semantic search, the full-text search is comprehensible and should therefore be used for e.g. FTO research or monitoring profiles. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Umlauts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When searching for Ä, Ö, Ü, other spellings are also automatically found. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If, for example, a term is searched for with Ü, the German patent texts automatically search UE as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
befüllen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also finds German texts with:&lt;br /&gt;
befuellen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Truncation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following truncation options are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to any number of characters&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039; - exactly 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?otogra?ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
fotografie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
does not find (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?%otogra?%ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie, fotografie, fotographie, photografie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boolean Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following 3 operators are available for linking search terms:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AND&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the AND, OR operators and brackets, synonyms can be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(fahrrad* or bike) and (batter%% or akku*)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not place any operators between two search terms, the terms will be automatically linked with AND.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boost ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Boost feature enables you to influence the full text ranking in a result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Individual terms can be boosted, influencing the sorting of the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; has a greater importance to the user than the term &amp;quot;cell&amp;quot; and should be weighted higher.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel^2.5 and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The value of the term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; is multiplied by 2,5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuzzy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy-search is based on the Damerau-Levenshtein-Distanz Algorithm. It will find terms which are similar to the entered search term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, the distance (number of allowed changes) can be specified after the fuzzy operator. A change could be the addition, deletion or replacement of a single character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no distance is stated, the distance is automatically selected corresponding to the length of the term:&lt;br /&gt;
* Less than 3 characters: Terms must match.&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 to (including) 5 characters: One change allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 or more characters: Two changes allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
electronic~&lt;br /&gt;
(max. 2 changes, term contains more than 6 characters)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
electronic&lt;br /&gt;
elektronik&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also finds:&lt;br /&gt;
electron&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter number of changes manually&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss~1&lt;br /&gt;
(max. one change)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstofffluss&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy operator is not combineable with the truncation and can only be applied to one term.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phrase ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If terms are put in quotation marks, terms are searched in this exact sequence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel cell&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
span(fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is also possible to search for keywords like operators.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Menschen in Not&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quotation marks can be used to search for numbers:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;420&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also search for a “-character as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel\&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wildcards ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If 2 terms are linked with “–“ these terms will be searched in this particular order.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel-cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Commenst ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to add comments in the text search. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Comments are not taken into account in the text search and only serve as information for the user. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchComment.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proximity Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== span ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the word &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; followed by the word &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== near ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is not taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the words &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== general ====&lt;br /&gt;
Within the span and near proximity operators, multiple terms can be combined with &amp;quot;OR&amp;quot; and brackets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near ((electric or elektrisch) (generator or Stromerzeuger or stromgenerator), 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum word distance for near and span refers to all specified terms or synonyms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (rotary wing thrust, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In total a maximum of 4 terms may occur between the 3 searched terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore this patent for example will be found:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SpanNearMax.jpg|380px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the search is made with a word distance 2, the patent will not be found anymore.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transfer highlighting synonym groups to the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All terms of a synonym group ([[EN:Highlighting|Highlighting]]) can be added to a full text search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Collected synonyms can be re-used for the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a term is entered in the text field, the &#039;&#039;&#039; keyboard shortcut Ctrl + Space&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the synonym groups which contain the term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All groups from all highlighting schemes are considered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The desired group can then be selected using the arrow keys.&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking the Enter or Tab key, the synonyms are automatically transferred to the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups2.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Regular expressions &amp;quot;Regexp&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use regular expressions in the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SPAN (/&amp;lt;20-30&amp;gt;/ zoll (monitor or screen),2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for numbers between 20 to 30&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchBase.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
By using the following options, the basis of the text search can be set.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document, Application, Strict family or Extended family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected option it can be determined which texts are searched for the terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
selected texts: Title &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document&#039;&#039;&#039; – both terms have to appear in the title of the document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Application&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term can appear in the title of the A-document and the other term can appear in the corresponding B-document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Strict Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term appears in the title of a document from one country, the other term appears in the title of a different country. Both documents belong to the same strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extended Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – same as strict family, however, both documents must belong to the same extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The higher the basis of the text search is selected, the higher the number of results will be.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Document (fewer results) → Extended family (more results)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search and the selected [[EN:Patent Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchExample.jpg|right|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this search, the term “fuel and cell” is searched in the text on the basis “Document”.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The terms have to appear in one document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, the basis “Strict family“ is selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that all search blocks are enriched to the strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way, for example, “fuel cell” can appear in a US document and in the same strict family a DE document. Then this strict family is found by the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the setting is changed from “Strict family“ to “Document“, then “fuel cell“ must appear in one DE document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|T]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1135</id>
		<title>EN:Text search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1135"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T14:54:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Text Search Block =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Text search block, extensive full text searches can be created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 options are generally available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Full text search&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Semantic search&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By choosing between&#039;&#039;&#039;Title, Abstract, Claim, Description&#039;&#039;&#039; you can determine, which part of the text is searched.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sobald innerhalb einer Suche nach Text gesucht wird, wird das Ergebnis nach einem Volltext-Ranking sortiert.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Somit sollen möglichst die relevanten Treffer in der Ergebnisliste oben stehen und die uninteressanten Treffer unten angezeigt werden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dabei werden die Suchbegriffe in den Texten gezählt. Außerdem findet eine Gewichtung der Suchbegriffe statt. Ist der Suchbegriff im Titel erfährt dieser eine höhere Gewichtung als wenn der Suchbegriff nur in der Beschreibung auftritt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Semantische Suche ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die semantische Suche funktioniert nur mit englischen Texten.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Je allgemeiner der angegebene Text formuliert ist, desto ungenauer sind die Ergebnisse der semantischen Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es empfiehlt sich deshalb z.B. nur den wichtigsten bzw. interessantesten Anspruch in die semantische Suche zu kopieren. (z.B. der erste Anspruch)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die semantische Suche empfiehlt sich als Werkzeug um ähnliche Patente zu finden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Treffermenge einer semantischen Suche kann anschließend z.B. über den [[DE:Filter|Filter]] weiter bearbeitet werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volltextsuche ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eine boolesche Textsuche mit umfangreichen Funktionen und Möglichkeiten, welche hier genauer erklärt werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Volltextsuche ist im Gegensatz zur semantischen Suche nachvollziehbar und sollte deshalb für z.B. FTO-Recherchen oder Monitoring-Profile verwendet werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Umlaute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei der Suche nach Ä,Ö,Ü werden automatisch auch andere Schreibweisen gefunden.&amp;lt;br &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn z.B. ein Begriff mit Ü gesucht wird, wird in den deutschen Patenttexten automatisch auch UE durchsucht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beispiel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
befüllen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
findet auch deutsche Texte mit:&lt;br /&gt;
befuellen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Truncation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following truncation options are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to any number of characters&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039; - exactly 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?otogra?ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
fotografie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
does not find (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?%otogra?%ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie, fotografie, fotographie, photografie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boolean Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following 3 operators are available for linking search terms:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AND&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the AND, OR operators and brackets, synonyms can be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(fahrrad* or bike) and (batter%% or akku*)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not place any operators between two search terms, the terms will be automatically linked with AND.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boost ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Boost feature enables you to influence the full text ranking in a result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Individual terms can be boosted, influencing the sorting of the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; has a greater importance to the user than the term &amp;quot;cell&amp;quot; and should be weighted higher.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel^2.5 and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The value of the term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; is multiplied by 2,5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuzzy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy-search is based on the Damerau-Levenshtein-Distanz Algorithm. It will find terms which are similar to the entered search term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, the distance (number of allowed changes) can be specified after the fuzzy operator. A change could be the addition, deletion or replacement of a single character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no distance is stated, the distance is automatically selected corresponding to the length of the term:&lt;br /&gt;
* Less than 3 characters: Terms must match.&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 to (including) 5 characters: One change allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 or more characters: Two changes allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
electronic~&lt;br /&gt;
(max. 2 changes, term contains more than 6 characters)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
electronic&lt;br /&gt;
elektronik&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also finds:&lt;br /&gt;
electron&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter number of changes manually&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss~1&lt;br /&gt;
(max. one change)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstofffluss&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy operator is not combinable with the truncation and can only be applied to one term.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phrase ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If terms are put in quotation marks, terms are searched in this exact sequence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel cell&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
span(fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is also possible to search for keywords like operators.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Menschen in Not&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quotation marks can be used to search for numbers:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;420&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also search for a “-character as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel\&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wildcards ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If 2 terms are linked with “–“ these terms will be searched in this particular order.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel-cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kommentare ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es ist möglich in der Textsuche Kommentare hinzuzufügen. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Kommentare werden bei der Textsuche nicht berücksichtigt und dienen nur als Information für den Benutzer. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beispiel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchComment.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proximity Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== span ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the word &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; followed by the word &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== near ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is not taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the words &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== general ====&lt;br /&gt;
Within the span and near proximity operators, multiple terms can be combined with &amp;quot;OR&amp;quot; and brackets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near ((electric or elektrisch) (generator or Stromerzeuger or stromgenerator), 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum word distance for near and span refers to all specified terms or synonyms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (rotary wing thrust, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In total a maximum of 4 terms may occur between the 3 searched terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore this patent for example will be found:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SpanNearMax.jpg|380px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the search is made with a word distance 2, the patent will not be found anymore.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transfer highlighting synonym groups to the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All terms of a synonym group ([[EN:Highlighting|Highlighting]]) can be added to a full text search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Collected synonyms can be re-used for the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a term is entered in the text field, the &#039;&#039;&#039; keyboard shortcut Ctrl + Space&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the synonym groups which contain the term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All groups from all highlighting schemes are considered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The desired group can then be selected using the arrow keys.&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking the Enter or Tab key, the synonyms are automatically transferred to the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups2.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Regular expressions &amp;quot;Regexp&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use regular expressions in the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SPAN (/&amp;lt;20-30&amp;gt;/ zoll (monitor or screen),2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for numbers between 20 to 30&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchBase.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
By using the following options, the basis of the text search can be set.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document, Application, Strict family or Extended family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected option it can be determined which texts are searched for the terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
selected texts: Title &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document&#039;&#039;&#039; – both terms have to appear in the title of the document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Application&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term can appear in the title of the A-document and the other term can appear in the corresponding B-document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Strict Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term appears in the title of a document from one country, the other term appears in the title of a different country. Both documents belong to the same strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extended Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – same as strict family, however, both documents must belong to the same extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The higher the basis of the text search is selected, the higher the number of results will be.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Document (fewer results) → Extended family (more results)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search and the selected [[EN:Patent Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchExample.jpg|right|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this search, the term “fuel and cell” is searched in the text on the basis “Document”.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The terms have to appear in one document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, the basis “Strict family“ is selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that all search blocks are enriched to the strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way, for example, “fuel cell” can appear in a US document and in the same strict family a DE document. Then this strict family is found by the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the setting is changed from “Strict family“ to “Document“, then “fuel cell“ must appear in one DE document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|T]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1134</id>
		<title>EN:Text search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1134"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T14:53:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Text Search Block =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Text search block, extensive full text searches can be created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 options are generally available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Full text search&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Semantic search&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By choosing between&#039;&#039;&#039;Title, Abstract, Claim, Description&#039;&#039;&#039; you can determine, which part of the text is searched.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sobald innerhalb einer Suche nach Text gesucht wird, wird das Ergebnis nach einem Volltext-Ranking sortiert.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Somit sollen möglichst die relevanten Treffer in der Ergebnisliste oben stehen und die uninteressanten Treffer unten angezeigt werden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dabei werden die Suchbegriffe in den Texten gezählt. Außerdem findet eine Gewichtung der Suchbegriffe statt. Ist der Suchbegriff im Titel erfährt dieser eine höhere Gewichtung als wenn der Suchbegriff nur in der Beschreibung auftritt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Semantische Suche ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die semantische Suche funktioniert nur mit englischen Texten.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Je allgemeiner der angegebene Text formuliert ist, desto ungenauer sind die Ergebnisse der semantischen Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es empfiehlt sich deshalb z.B. nur den wichtigsten bzw. interessantesten Anspruch in die semantische Suche zu kopieren. (z.B. der erste Anspruch)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die semantische Suche empfiehlt sich als Werkzeug um ähnliche Patente zu finden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Treffermenge einer semantischen Suche kann anschließend z.B. über den [[DE:Filter|Filter]] weiter bearbeitet werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Truncation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following truncation options are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to any number of characters&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039; - exactly 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?otogra?ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
fotografie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
does not find (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?%otogra?%ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie, fotografie, fotographie, photografie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boolean Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following 3 operators are available for linking search terms:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AND&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the AND, OR operators and brackets, synonyms can be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(fahrrad* or bike) and (batter%% or akku*)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not place any operators between two search terms, the terms will be automatically linked with AND.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boost ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Boost feature enables you to influence the full text ranking in a result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Individual terms can be boosted, influencing the sorting of the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; has a greater importance to the user than the term &amp;quot;cell&amp;quot; and should be weighted higher.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel^2.5 and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The value of the term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; is multiplied by 2,5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuzzy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy-search is based on the Damerau-Levenshtein-Distanz Algorithm. It will find terms which are similar to the entered search term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, the distance (number of allowed changes) can be specified after the fuzzy operator. A change could be the addition, deletion or replacement of a single character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no distance is stated, the distance is automatically selected corresponding to the length of the term:&lt;br /&gt;
* Less than 3 characters: Terms must match.&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 to (including) 5 characters: One change allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 or more characters: Two changes allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
electronic~&lt;br /&gt;
(max. 2 changes, term contains more than 6 characters)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
electronic&lt;br /&gt;
elektronik&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also finds:&lt;br /&gt;
electron&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter number of changes manually&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss~1&lt;br /&gt;
(max. one change)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstofffluss&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy operator is not combinable with the truncation and can only be applied to one term.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phrase ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If terms are put in quotation marks, terms are searched in this exact sequence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel cell&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
span(fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is also possible to search for keywords like operators.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Menschen in Not&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quotation marks can be used to search for numbers:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;420&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also search for a “-character as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel\&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wildcards ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If 2 terms are linked with “–“ these terms will be searched in this particular order.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel-cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kommentare ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es ist möglich in der Textsuche Kommentare hinzuzufügen. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Kommentare werden bei der Textsuche nicht berücksichtigt und dienen nur als Information für den Benutzer. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beispiel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchComment.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proximity Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== span ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the word &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; followed by the word &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== near ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is not taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the words &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== general ====&lt;br /&gt;
Within the span and near proximity operators, multiple terms can be combined with &amp;quot;OR&amp;quot; and brackets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near ((electric or elektrisch) (generator or Stromerzeuger or stromgenerator), 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum word distance for near and span refers to all specified terms or synonyms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (rotary wing thrust, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In total a maximum of 4 terms may occur between the 3 searched terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore this patent for example will be found:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SpanNearMax.jpg|380px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the search is made with a word distance 2, the patent will not be found anymore.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transfer highlighting synonym groups to the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All terms of a synonym group ([[EN:Highlighting|Highlighting]]) can be added to a full text search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Collected synonyms can be re-used for the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a term is entered in the text field, the &#039;&#039;&#039; keyboard shortcut Ctrl + Space&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the synonym groups which contain the term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All groups from all highlighting schemes are considered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The desired group can then be selected using the arrow keys.&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking the Enter or Tab key, the synonyms are automatically transferred to the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups2.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Regular expressions &amp;quot;Regexp&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use regular expressions in the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SPAN (/&amp;lt;20-30&amp;gt;/ zoll (monitor or screen),2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for numbers between 20 to 30&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchBase.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
By using the following options, the basis of the text search can be set.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document, Application, Strict family or Extended family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected option it can be determined which texts are searched for the terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
selected texts: Title &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document&#039;&#039;&#039; – both terms have to appear in the title of the document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Application&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term can appear in the title of the A-document and the other term can appear in the corresponding B-document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Strict Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term appears in the title of a document from one country, the other term appears in the title of a different country. Both documents belong to the same strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extended Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – same as strict family, however, both documents must belong to the same extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The higher the basis of the text search is selected, the higher the number of results will be.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Document (fewer results) → Extended family (more results)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search and the selected [[EN:Patent Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchExample.jpg|right|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this search, the term “fuel and cell” is searched in the text on the basis “Document”.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The terms have to appear in one document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, the basis “Strict family“ is selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that all search blocks are enriched to the strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way, for example, “fuel cell” can appear in a US document and in the same strict family a DE document. Then this strict family is found by the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the setting is changed from “Strict family“ to “Document“, then “fuel cell“ must appear in one DE document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|T]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1133</id>
		<title>EN:Text search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.ip7.tech/index.php?title=EN:Text_search&amp;diff=1133"/>
		<updated>2020-07-30T14:52:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Florian: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Text Search Block ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Text search block, extensive full text searches can be created.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 options are generally available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Full text search&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Semantic search&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By choosing between&#039;&#039;&#039;Title, Abstract, Claim, Description&#039;&#039;&#039; you can determine, which part of the text is searched.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sobald innerhalb einer Suche nach Text gesucht wird, wird das Ergebnis nach einem Volltext-Ranking sortiert.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Somit sollen möglichst die relevanten Treffer in der Ergebnisliste oben stehen und die uninteressanten Treffer unten angezeigt werden. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Dabei werden die Suchbegriffe in den Texten gezählt. Außerdem findet eine Gewichtung der Suchbegriffe statt. Ist der Suchbegriff im Titel erfährt dieser eine höhere Gewichtung als wenn der Suchbegriff nur in der Beschreibung auftritt.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Semantische Suche ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die semantische Suche funktioniert nur mit englischen Texten.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Je allgemeiner der angegebene Text formuliert ist, desto ungenauer sind die Ergebnisse der semantischen Suche.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es empfiehlt sich deshalb z.B. nur den wichtigsten bzw. interessantesten Anspruch in die semantische Suche zu kopieren. (z.B. der erste Anspruch)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die semantische Suche empfiehlt sich als Werkzeug um ähnliche Patente zu finden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Die Treffermenge einer semantischen Suche kann anschließend z.B. über den [[DE:Filter|Filter]] weiter bearbeitet werden.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Truncation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following truncation options are available:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;*&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to any number of characters&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039; - none to 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;&#039; - exactly 1 character&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?otogra?ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
fotografie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
does not find (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
?%otogra?%ie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
photographie, fotografie, fotographie, photografie&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boolean Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following 3 operators are available for linking search terms:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;AND&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;OR&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the AND, OR operators and brackets, synonyms can be combined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(fahrrad* or bike) and (batter%% or akku*)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not place any operators between two search terms, the terms will be automatically linked with AND.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Boost ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Boost feature enables you to influence the full text ranking in a result list.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Individual terms can be boosted, influencing the sorting of the result list. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; has a greater importance to the user than the term &amp;quot;cell&amp;quot; and should be weighted higher.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel^2.5 and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The value of the term &amp;quot;fuel&amp;quot; is multiplied by 2,5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fuzzy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy-search is based on the Damerau-Levenshtein-Distanz Algorithm. It will find terms which are similar to the entered search term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, the distance (number of allowed changes) can be specified after the fuzzy operator. A change could be the addition, deletion or replacement of a single character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no distance is stated, the distance is automatically selected corresponding to the length of the term:&lt;br /&gt;
* Less than 3 characters: Terms must match.&lt;br /&gt;
* 3 to (including) 5 characters: One change allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
* 6 or more characters: Two changes allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
electronic~&lt;br /&gt;
(max. 2 changes, term contains more than 6 characters)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
electronic&lt;br /&gt;
elektronik&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
also finds:&lt;br /&gt;
electron&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter number of changes manually&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss~1&lt;br /&gt;
(max. one change)&lt;br /&gt;
finds (among others):&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstoffluss&lt;br /&gt;
kraftstofffluss&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuzzy operator is not combinable with the truncation and can only be applied to one term.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Phrase ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If terms are put in quotation marks, terms are searched in this exact sequence.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel cell&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corresponds to:&lt;br /&gt;
span(fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way it is also possible to search for keywords like operators.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Menschen in Not&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quotation marks can be used to search for numbers:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;420&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also search for a “-character as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;fuel\&amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
fuel&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Wildcards ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If 2 terms are linked with “–“ these terms will be searched in this particular order.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel-cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for:&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Kommentare ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Es ist möglich in der Textsuche Kommentare hinzuzufügen. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Kommentare werden bei der Textsuche nicht berücksichtigt und dienen nur als Information für den Benutzer. &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Beispiel&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchComment.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proximity Operators ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== span ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the word &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; followed by the word &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== near ====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms are searched using the maximum distance between words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the order of the words is not taken into consideration.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near (fuel cell, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text must contain the words &#039;&#039;&#039;fuel&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;cell&#039;&#039;&#039;.Up to 2 other terms can appear between the two words.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== general ====&lt;br /&gt;
Within the span and near proximity operators, multiple terms can be combined with &amp;quot;OR&amp;quot; and brackets.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
near ((electric or elektrisch) (generator or Stromerzeuger or stromgenerator), 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum word distance for near and span refers to all specified terms or synonyms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
span (rotary wing thrust, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In total a maximum of 4 terms may occur between the 3 searched terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore this patent for example will be found:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SpanNearMax.jpg|380px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the search is made with a word distance 2, the patent will not be found anymore.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transfer highlighting synonym groups to the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All terms of a synonym group ([[EN:Highlighting|Highlighting]]) can be added to a full text search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Collected synonyms can be re-used for the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When a term is entered in the text field, the &#039;&#039;&#039; keyboard shortcut Ctrl + Space&#039;&#039;&#039; will show the synonym groups which contain the term.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All groups from all highlighting schemes are considered.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The desired group can then be selected using the arrow keys.&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking the Enter or Tab key, the synonyms are automatically transferred to the search.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SearchTextHLgroups2.jpg|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Regular expressions &amp;quot;Regexp&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to use regular expressions in the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
SPAN (/&amp;lt;20-30&amp;gt;/ zoll (monitor or screen),2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
searches for numbers between 20 to 30&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchBase.jpg|right|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
By using the following options, the basis of the text search can be set.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document, Application, Strict family or Extended family&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the selected option it can be determined which texts are searched for the terms.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
fuel and cell&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
selected texts: Title &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Document&#039;&#039;&#039; – both terms have to appear in the title of the document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Application&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term can appear in the title of the A-document and the other term can appear in the corresponding B-document&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Strict Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – one term appears in the title of a document from one country, the other term appears in the title of a different country. Both documents belong to the same strict family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Extended Family&#039;&#039;&#039; – same as strict family, however, both documents must belong to the same extended family&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The higher the basis of the text search is selected, the higher the number of results will be.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Document (fewer results) → Extended family (more results)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basis of the text search and the selected [[EN:Patent Search#Basis_of_the_search|basis of the search]] ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TextSearchExample.jpg|right|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this search, the term “fuel and cell” is searched in the text on the basis “Document”.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The terms have to appear in one document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, the basis “Strict family“ is selected.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that all search blocks are enriched to the strict family. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This way, for example, “fuel cell” can appear in a US document and in the same strict family a DE document. Then this strict family is found by the search.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the setting is changed from “Strict family“ to “Document“, then “fuel cell“ must appear in one DE document.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Windows client|T]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Florian</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>